Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31 2021, 2022

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from       to

Commission file number: 001-40358

LATHAM GROUP, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

83-2797583

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

787 Watervliet Shaker Road, Latham, NY

12110

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

(800) 833-3800

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share

SWIM

The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 232.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. Yes No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filersfiler

Accelerated filersfiler

Non-accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filers

Smaller reporting companiescompany

Emerging growth companiescompany

If an emerging growth companies,company, indicate by check mark if the registrants haveregistrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to § 240.10D-1(b).

Indicate by check mark whether the registrants areregistrant is a shell companiescompany (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes No

As of March 8, 2022, 119,523,7082, 2023, 114,678,263 shares of the registrant’s common stock, $0.0001 par value were outstanding.

The aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant based on the last reported sale price of the registrant’s common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on July 2, 2021,1, 2022, which was the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was $963,170,436.$278,454,961. For purposes of this computation, the registrant has excluded the market value of all shares of its common stock reported as being beneficially owned by executive officers and directors; such exclusion shall not, however, be deemed to constitute an admission that any such person is an “affiliate” of the registrant.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for use in connection with its 20222023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is to be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2021,2022, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

    

Page

PART I

Item 1. Business

3

Item 1A. Risk Factors

15

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

3834

Item 2. Properties

3935

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

4036

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

4036

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

4037

Item 6. Reserved

38

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

4239

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

6257

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

6459

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

113108

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

113108

Item 9B. Other Information

113109

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

114109

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

115110

Item 11. Executive Compensation

115110

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

115110

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

115110

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

115110

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

116111

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

118113

Signatures

119114

2

Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1. Business

Overview

We are the largest designer, manufacturer, and marketer of in-ground residential swimming pools in North America, Australia, and New Zealand. We hold the #1 market position in North America in every product category in which we compete. We believe that we are the most sought-after brand in the pool industry and the only pool company that has established a direct relationship with the homeowner. We are Latham, The Pool CompanyTM.

With an operating history that spans over 65 years, we offer the industry’s broadest portfolio of pools and related products, including in-ground swimming pools, pool liners, and pool covers.

We have a heritage of innovation. In an industry that has traditionally marketed on a business-to-business basis (pool manufacturer to dealer), we pioneered the first “direct-to-homeowner” digital and social marketing strategy that has transformed the homeowner’s purchase journey. Through this marketing strategy, we are able to create demand for our pools and generate andto provide high quality, purchase-ready consumer leads to our dealer partners.

Partnership with our dealers is integral to our collective success, and we have enjoyed long-tenured relationships averaging over 14 years. We support our dealer network with business development tools, co-branded marketing programs, and in-house training, as antraining.

Our operations platform consistingconsist of over 2,3002,000 employees across over 30 facilities.locations. The broad geographic reach of our manufacturing and distribution network allows us to deliver a fiberglass pool in a cost-effective manner.

The full resources of our company are dedicated to designing and manufacturing high-quality pool products, with the homeowner in mind, and positioningto position ourselves as a value-added partner to our dealers.

Industry

We are the leader in the large growing and highly-fragmentedgrowing residential in-ground swimming pool industry. Over the last decade, macroeconomic trends have driven an increase in reinvestment in the home, and we expect that consumers will continue to focus R&Ra portion of their rest-and-relaxation spending on exterior living spaces as they look for more ways to spend time outdoors.

Fiberglass pools are underpenetrated in the United States residential in-ground swimming pool market relative to other geographic markets. As a result of material conversion away from legacy pool construction materials, growth in sales of fiberglass pools in the United States is meaningfully outpacing that of the broader in-ground swimming pool market. Despite this expected growth, in the United States, fiberglass pools still have significant runway for growth in the United States relative to comparable international markets.

In 2019, we acquired Narellan, the largest fiberglass manufacturer in Australia and one of the key drivers of fiberglass adoption in the Australian market over the last two decades. Leveraging insights gained from Narellan, we are investing to build the tools required to drive higher fiberglass penetration in the North American market.

This conversion to fiberglass pools from legacy pool construction materials, such as concrete, is being driven by greater homeowner awareness of the benefits of fiberglass products, including:

Lower up-front and lifecycle costs. Fiberglass pools cost less and have lower repair expenses compared to concrete pools.

3

Table of Contents

Faster and easier installation. Based on our knowledge of our dealers, we believe fiberglass pools can be installed in as little as two-to-threetwo to three days, compared to up to three months for concrete pools.

3

Table of Contents

Premium quality and aesthetics. We believe our fiberglass pool offering is the most attractive swimming pool offering on the market. Our special finishing process allows for traction where you need it (such as steps) and a smooth and lustrous finish everywhere else.
Less chemicals. The smooth non-porous finish of fiberglass dramatically reduces the need for harsh chemicals to treat the pool. It also allows homeowners to opt for an eye- and skin-friendly saltwater pool, without concern for corrosion.
Lifetime warranty. Our fiberglass pools are guaranteed to the original purchaser for a lifetime and do not need to be resurfaced or repainted every eight to ten years like legacy materials.

Pool manufacturers have traditionally marketed to dealers rather than to homeowners. As a result, both manufacturers and homeowners have depended on dealers to educate homeowners and move them through their pool buying journey. The dealership market is highly-fragmented, consisting primarily of small, family-owned businesses. In addition, concrete pool installers face a number of challenges, particularly as a result, we believe, of many skilled tradesmen leaving the industry following the Great Recession’s impact on construction.industry. Each of these factors, paired with the long-term positive demand trends in the industry, contribute to the supply constraint in the pool market.

Our Strengths

Leading Consumer Brand in the Residential Pool Market

We believe we are the leader in the North American in-ground residential swimming pool market, holding the #1 position by volume in each of our product categories, a position that we have established throughout our 65 plus year operating history. Latham is the only consumer brand in the residential pool industry with a differentiated value proposition that includes an unmatched product portfolio, a coast-to-coast footprint of manufacturing facilities and distribution facilities, an experienced sales force and a network of over 350 exclusive Latham dealer partners worldwide. Our sophisticated digital marketing targeted directly at homeowners has been instrumental in educating and empowering them, helping to drive material conversion in the pool market from traditional materials to fiberglass.

“Direct-to-Homeowner” Relationship That Drives Business for Our Dealer Partners

Latham is organized around our commitment to provide an exceptional homeowner experience. Our focus in recent years has been on simplifying the historically complex homeowner experience of purchasing a swimming pool. We make finding and buying the right product an amazing start to a homeowner journey that is now easy and enjoyable. We are recognized by homeowners and dealer partners for our differentiated capabilities, quality, on-trend style, design and breadth of our product portfolio and the unique homeowner-focused journey that we have created. Given the level of near continuous connectivity offered to consumers through mobile devices, businesses are adapting their marketing strategies and increasingly focusing on mobile and social media platforms. We have been at the forefront of this dynamic within our industry. Our scale enables us to reinvest more in technology and marketing than our much smaller competitors, driving a virtuous cycle whereby we are able to deliver more purchase-ready leads to our dealer partners. To increase lead conversion, we systematically track and interact with each homeowner throughout their purchase journey.

4

Table of Contents

Serving a Large, Growing Market that is Benefiting from Material Conversion

Given recent consumer trends, we expect demand for pools to grow to over 100,000 pools per year in each of the next three years. The pace of material conversion from concrete and vinyl pools to fiberglass products is accelerating. This is due in large part to increased awareness among our consumers of the higher quality and durability of our fiberglass pools, as well as beautiful design with a lower overall cost of ownership versus concrete pools. We believe that fiberglass pools will continue to gain share in the in-ground swimming pool market, and as the leading fiberglass pool manufacturer, we are well positioned to both benefit from this growth and accelerate the pace of material conversion through our efforts. We have benefited from the sharing of best practices with our Narellan platform, which has been a key driver of fiberglass adoption in Australia, as we have driven higher penetration in the North American market.

Broadest Portfolio of Branded Products Known for Quality, Durability and Aesthetics

Our extensive portfolio of pool models is recognized by consumers and dealers for its high-quality, superior durability and aesthetic designs. From our carbon fiber, Kevlar and ceramic fiberglass build to our Ultra-SeamTM liner fabrication, our product development team consistently sets the standard for innovation in our industry. Our broad product portfolio allows dealers and distributors to offer consumers a wide variety of innovative pool shapes, features, depths and lengths, which significantly exceed our competitors’ offering. Additionally, we build our fiberglass pools in a controlled environment compared to the on-site nature of our concrete pool competitors, allowing for better product quality control. Homeowners can further customize their fiberglass pools by selecting from fiberglass color patterns, ranging from deep blues and whites to corals and naturals. In addition to color customization, we offer the industry’s most elaborate finishes in our innovative G2 and G3 finish options, which provide deep visuals that let homeowners choose the perfect water color to complement their backyard surroundings. Our models offer a variety of swim up seating, multiple points of entry and exit, wading areas, tanning ledges and built-in steps, which are features consumers seek in more expensive custom pool designs. Our array of feature rich options across our portfolio of products are core to our strategy to provide superior design at a value to homeowners.

Broad Reach, Regulatory Expertise and Technological Capabilities Create Significant Competitive Advantages

Our leading position is driven by our consumer brand, geographic reach, national manufacturing platform, regulatory expertise and compelling value proposition. Our brand has become synonymous with the re-imagination of the homeowner journey in purchasing a swimming pool, created significant pull-through demand from homeowners and made our offering a critical component to profitable growth for our dealer partners. This dynamic forms a virtuous cycle that is accelerating homeowner awareness for our products and increasing dealers’ desire to partner with us in order to profitably expand their businesses. Supported by our fleet of cars, trucks and trailers and team of dedicated drivers, our North American network of fiberglass manufacturing facilities provides cost efficient delivery and service to our network of entrenched dealer and distributor partners, including over 250 exclusive Latham Grand dealers in North America. Notably, we are the only nationwide, multi-facility manufacturer of fiberglass swimming pools, providing us with an advantage over regional players that lack similar geographic reach and scale. The fiberglass pool manufacturing process requires significant regulatory approvals and continuous compliance. We have successfully navigated this process across our entire manufacturing footprint throughout our history. Additionally, we have filed or obtained the required permits to expand our fiberglass manufacturing capacity and are in the process of doubling it, providing us a runway for further growth. Finally, our compelling value proposition is underpinned by our ability to leverage a unique technology infrastructure to generate a significant number of purchase-ready leads for our dealer partners and drive increasing levels of consumer awareness for our products. In tandem with the training and marketing tools we provide to our dealers, our technological capabilities have been critical in solidifying our position as the leader in every major pool product sub-category in which we compete in North America.

5

Table of Contents

Visionary Management Team with Proven Track Record of Execution

We have assembled a team of highly experienced and accomplished executives with public company experience and a proven track record of leading global consumer and industrial organizations. Our management team has experience with developing consumer-branded lifestyle platforms, disrupting traditional business-to-business market structures and delivering an expansive portfolio of high-quality, durable, cost-efficient products to consumers.

In a few short years, our team has pioneered a disruptive “direct-to-homeowner” marketing approach, consolidated our brands under the Latham master brand, created innovative new products and enhanced our digital platform to better focus on the overall consumer journey. Our Chief Executive Officer, Scott M. Rajeski, was appointed in 2017 after serving as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer since 2012. Scott previously served in leadership positions at GLOBALFOUNDRIES, Momentive Performance Materials and General Electric. Scott was critical in recruiting our Chairman, James E. Cline, who joined our board in early 2019 and previously served as president and chief executive officer of Trex. We believe Mr. Cline, as the former chief executive officer of Trex, has been an invaluable non-executive member of the board of directors due to his experience building the industry leader in the similarly material conversion driven composite decking industry, while also creating one of the best known brands in the building products industry. Our Chief Financial Officer, J. Mark Borseth, joined the team in 2020 after serving as president and chief executive officer of Ranpak under Rhone Capital’s ownership, as well as holding numerous leadership roles at 3M. Our Chief Marketing Officer, Joel R. Culp, was appointed in 2019 after previously serving in the same role for Wilsonart, as well as holding various leadership positions at MasterBrand, a Fortune Brands company, Uponor and Kohler. Collectively, our team has extensive experience at leading public and private companies, including Trex, Kohler, General Electric, 3M, Ingersoll Rand, Wilsonart and Ranpak.

Growth and Strategy

Utilize Leading Brand and Digital Assets to Generate Greater Homeowner Lead Volumes

Since 2019, we have increased spending on digital strategies and marketing. Our content-rich digital platform provides homeowners with education and engagement tools that help them to navigate their pool buying journey, including an unrivaled pool visualization experience, informational videos and resources, budget calculators, and a pool expert community consisting of a blog and direct homeowner outreach. The implementation of our new digital strategy has resulted in superior search engine optimization performance. We have boosted leads for our dealers, further entrenchingstrengthening Latham with our dealer base and increasing switching costs.base.

Accelerate Fiberglass Material Conversion through Unique Market Positioning

As the leader in the fiberglass pool product category, we are driving the acceleration of material conversion, especially from concrete pools to fiberglass, by educating both homeowners and dealer partners about the superior benefits of fiberglass. Our marketing campaigns and digital platform, including our easy to use interactive website and mobile app, inform homeowners on the benefits of fiberglass, includingwhich include lower up-front and total cost of ownership, quicker installation, easier maintenance, and a more convenient buying experience. The Latham Augmented Reality Pool Visualizer app allows homeowners to browse fiberglass models and to select from a variety of options from their mobile device. At “Latham University,” our dealer partners discover firsthand the benefits of fiberglass pools, including the ease and speed of installation. Dealers also learn both basic and advanced fiberglass pool installation versus concrete pools, which drive better economics. We also host company conferences and participate in trade shows, where we continue to drive education on the benefits of fiberglass pools.techniques.

Secure Additional Strategic Partnerships with Priority Dealers to Gain Share

Our approach as a true business partner with our dealers positions us to take market share in our highly-fragmented industry. We have secured exclusivity from over 350many of our top dealer partners, including the nation’s largest franchised dealer network, Premier Pools & Spas. As the only participant with scalenational distribution in the fiberglass pool product category, we intend to continue to pursue additionalpursuing strategic partnerships with priority dealers in underpenetrated geographical markets that can help us accelerate our growth. We believe these exclusive relationships will continue to enable us to increase market share at the expense of the fragmented and regional universe of competitors.

6

Table of Contents

Grow Industry Capacity by Onboarding and Training New Dealer Partners

We believe that there is a tremendous opportunity to expand the capacity of skilled dealer partners to support overall industry growth and our continued market penetration. As such, we intend to continue to use our leadership position in the industry to educate small business owners currently installing concrete pools, as well as those in related trades, about the economic opportunities available in the fiberglass product category of the pool market. We further

4

Table of Contents

intend to onboard, train, and support them with the same emphasis we have placed on our existing dealer partnerships, including our co-branding programs, “Latham University,” and our “Business Excellence” coaching, designed to help them manage their growth. Leveraging our investments and management expertise, we should be able to play a key role in growing the industry’s capacity.

Expand Margins through Mix Shift Towards Fiberglass and Productivity Initiatives

Fiberglass pools are both our highest margin and fastest growing product category. We believe that our consumer-centric marketing and compelling value proposition to our dealer partners will continue to drive long-term growth for our fiberglass pools. We have made significant manufacturing capacity investments to not only to support this future growth, but also to continue to deliver the compelling margin profile of our fiberglass pool offering. We expect tobelieve we can increase our margins significantly as we grow into our capacity investments and our product mix continues to shift towards fiberglass pools. Additionally, we expect that our investments in people, processes, and equipment aimed at enhancing our manufacturing productivity will further expand our margins.

Strategic Acquisitions that Enhance the Latham Platform

The pool industry remains highly-fragmented, which offers attractive opportunities to utilize strategic acquisitions to drive consolidation and expand our product offering. We have historically used strategic acquisitions to expand our geographic reach within the United States and internationally, enhance our product portfolio, and drive operational efficiencies. We believe that we have the opportunity to be the consolidator of choice in the industry, and we will continue to focus on acquiring high-quality, market-leading businesses with teams, capabilities, and technologies that are complementary to our existing offerings and that enable us to better serve homeowners and dealer partners.

Products

Our residential pool product portfolio is highly complementary and allows us to provide a wide-range of solutions to our homeowners. Our products are recognized by homeowners, dealers, and distributors for their quality, durability, performance, compelling value proposition, ease of installation and diverse style and design options. Over our history, we have leveraged our differentiated portfolio of products, manufacturing capabilities, customer service, and homeowner connectivity to develop a reputation as an innovative and dependable partner to our dealers and distributors. Additionally, the connectivity that we have built with our homeowners has provided us with the insights needed to stay ahead of homeowner demand trends that shape our market. Our broad and compelling product offering, proven ability to serve as a value added partner to our dealers and distributors, and our connectivity with homeowners have been critical in achieving the leading position in every pool product category in which we compete. Below is a summary of our products.

7

Table of Contents

In-ground Swimming Pools

Fiberglass Pools

We believe we are the #1 fiberglass pool manufacturer by volume in North America. Demand for our fiberglass pools is driven by both accelerating material conversion from legacy pool construction materials, especially concrete, and the long-term value, through both lower up-front and lifecycle costs, that our pools deliver to our homeowners. We offer an extensive portfolio of fiberglass pools with customizable features that include unique colors, elaborate finishes, floor mosaics, lighting options, water features, in-floor cleaning, tanning ledges, and spillover spas. Our pools come in a variety of different sizes and are known by homeowners for their premium quality and aesthetics. Our fiberglass pools offer significant cost, installation, and maintenance advantages over traditional concrete pools. Our innovative product portfolio is made up of a carbon fiber, Kevlar, and fiberglass build and is backed by a lifetime warranty to the original purchaser, providing our homeowners with peace of mind and security. Based on our knowledge of our dealers, we believe fiberglass pools can be installed in as little as two-to-threetwo to three days, compared to three months for comparable concrete pools.

While we believe that our fiberglass pools are the future of the industry and meet the majority of the market of pools sold, fiberglass pools do have some limitations. Due toBecause of shipping considerations, they are subject to certain size

5

Table of Contents

limits. Although we offer a broad portfolio of design choices, fiberglass pools can be less customizable than concrete and vinyl. The vinyl packaged pools that Latham sells are similar to concrete pools in terms of flexibility.

Investments in innovation and product development have led to historical growth of our fiberglass pool sales, with increased potential for further growth and margin expansion.

Packaged Pools

We believe that we are also the leader by volume in the custom vinyl pool product category of the North American residential in-ground swimming pool market. Our leadership has been driven by our high-quality product offering, which is fully customizable allowingand allows homeowners to choose from a wide range of colors and features (built-in sun ledges, benches, entry systems, and spillover spas), as well as our best-in-class national distribution network. Our custom vinyl pools are high-quality, and we believe that they are the most aesthetically pleasing on the market. Custom vinyl pools offer the most attractive homeowner economics when compared to any other material, and they can be installed faster and withstand weather better than concrete pools. The wall system for our custom vinyl pools is built of either non-corrosive steel or composite polymer, providingwhich provides our dealers with ease of installation.

In November 2021, Latham expanded our product offering and entered the vinyl-lined, aluminum-walled in-ground pool category with our purchase of Radiant Pools. Radiant Pools uses patented technology, derived from aerospace engineering, to make structurally insulated aluminum wall panels, which makes its products a durable and aesthetically pleasing option for homeowners. These pools can be built completely in-ground, semi-in-ground or above ground. Vinyl-lined, aluminum-walled pools are generally more affordable than other in-ground pools, and they offer homeowners a cost efficient way to enjoy the ultimate backyard experience.

Liners

We believe we are the #1 replacement liner manufacturer by volume in the North American residential in-ground swimming pool market, serving a market with large, non-discretionary replacement demand. Vinyl liners are a required component for the interior surface of a vinyl pool and our liners are highly customizable in shape, size, color, and pattern. Vinyl liners typically need to be replaced every eight to ten years. We believe replacement vinyl liners provide us with a significant avenue to stable recurring revenue.

Covers

There are two types of covers in the pool market, automatic safety covers and all-season pool covers. Automatic safety covers operate with a switch and are used in the pool season to cover the pool after a refreshing swim. All-season pool covers generally go on after the swimming season. They protect the pool and its immediate surroundings from debris and weather, and they also provide safety for homeowners and their guests.

We believe we holdthat Latham holds the top position in the category for automatic safety covers for pools by volume in North America. Our automatic safety covers provide increased safety, especially for children, and convenience for our homeowners while also driving savings by reducing energy, chemical and cleaning costs, and time. Homeowners typically replace their fabric automatic safety covers every eight to ten years, providing our business with stable, recurring revenue.lowering water evaporation. Additionally, more and more pool owners are buying covers as local building codes push for safer pools. We also offer the most complete automatic safety cover portfolio when compared to our competitors, assince our products range in mix from affordable luxury options to premium covers. Additionally, our automatic safety covers are compatible with fiberglass, vinyl, and concrete pools of almost any shape and size, driving homeowner preference for the CoverStarTM brand.

8

Table of Contents

We believe we are the leader in the category for all-season pool covers by volume in North America. Our winterizing mesh and solid covers are used during the off-season, reducing maintenance requirements for our homeowners. While these covers extend the lives of our homeowners’ pools, they typically need to be replaced every eight orto ten years, providing us with significant replacement demand. AsSince our covers can be used for any pool, regardless of materials, shape, or size, we are able to replace covers for both our legacy homeowners and target homeowners previously served by smaller, regional players.

6

Table of Contents

Brands

In 2019, we unified our corporate branding and consolidated legacy in-ground swimming pool brands in North America under one banner, Latham. We relaunched our website under the Latham brand in February 2020 and streamlined our go-to-market approach by making the Latham brand the center of our strategy. This enabled us to increase our brand awareness with homeowners and to create the only consumer focused brand in the category. Our literature for dealers, marketing materials, our website, social media, advertising and promotion and our co-branding of dealer premises each reflect the Latham branding. Our sub-brands, which sit under the Latham master brand, include NarellanTM, CoverStarTM, and GLI, among others.

Distribution

Our products are sold through both one-step and two-step business-to-business distribution channels. In our one-step distribution channel, which we exclusively use to sell our fiberglass pools, through, we sell our products directly to dealers who, in turn, sell our products to homeowners. In our two-step distribution channel, we sell our products to distributors who warehouse our products and sell them to dealers, who ultimately sell our products to homeowners.

In order to strengthen our relationship with our loyal dealer partners, we have implemented our “Latham Grand” dealer program, whereby we have secured exclusivity with over 250 of our largest dealers in North America. Included in this dealer population is the largest franchised dealer network in the United States, Premier Pools & Spas. We also have a strong distribution network as a result ofwith over 450 distributor branch locations that represent our products. Through our significant investment in partnerships with dealers and distributors and our consumer-oriented marketing efforts, we have created both a “push and pull” dynamic for our products in the marketplace.

Our Latham Grand dealers, like all of our dealers, are our customers and not our agents. Our agreements with our Latham Grand dealers provide for various benefits to the dealers, such as early access to customer leads, access to in-store advertising and exterior branding, basic and advanced installation training sessions, a dedicated and customized website landing page, technical support, early access to new models, and other sales support. Latham Grand dealers agree to use us as their exclusive provider of fiberglass pools. Latham Grand dealers also agree, among other things, to adhere to our fiberglass handling and installation best practices, to receive fiberglass training and to meet annual targets for fiberglass pool installations. Each Latham Grand dealer agrees to operate only in specified territories, and we agree to reasonably consider impacts on the dealer’s market opportunities prior to appointing additional dealers in the same territory. Our agreements with our Latham Grand dealers are generally perpetual and terminable at will by both parties.

Our exclusive supply agreement with Premier Pools & Spas governs the sales of certain of our products to Premier Pools & Spas franchisees. We agree to provide training support, marketing materials and, upon prior written request, on-site field support with respect to the first installation of a product by any franchisee of Premier Pools & Spas. We also agree to provide certain franchisees with an annual allowance for use in marketing activities and marketing co-op funds, subject to certain conditions, and to provide rebates as a percentage of sales to Premier Pools & Spas.

We have long-term relationships with both our dealers and distributors and ourdistributors. Our largest distributor, which provides valuable local market support with a network of over 290 locations, accounted for 20.3% of our net sales in 2022, 25.0% of our net sales in 2021, and 22.3% of our net sales in 2020 and 25.7% of our net sales in 2019.2020. We have maintained a strong relationship with our largest distributor for over 25 years, as well as with the operators across this distributor’s nationwide network (whoof operators, who are responsible for daily operations and purchasing decisions).decisions. Our top ten dealer and distributor relationships accounted for 39.4% of our net sales in 2022, 46.0% of our net sales in 2021 and 41.1% of our net sales in 2020 and 43.7% of our net sales in 2019.2020.

9

Table of Contents

Manufacturing

We are a global manufacturer based in the United States, delivering quality products with a competitive cost position. Our manufacturing processes require significant capital investment, footprint, expertise, and time to develop. We have continuously invested the capital necessary to expand our manufacturing capacity and to improve our manufacturing processes. We will have sufficient capacity to support our plannednear term growth for the foreseeable future once we will have completed our

7

Table of Contents

current multi-year capital plan to invest in our facilities, technologies, and systems. Once manufactured, weWe use our own fleet of trucks and drivers, to deliver our fiberglass pools, as well as third-party common carriers to ship our otherfinished products.

In-ground Swimming Pools

The manufacture of fiberglass pools requires highly specialized equipment and a technically skilled workforce. We manufacture fiberglass pools by applying the various layers of materials onto a mold.mold, ending with the fiberglass finish that gives these pools their name. We have a broad and diverse mold portfolio designed to meet customer needs.

We use an eight-layer building process to provide an industry-leading thickness and durability formula for our fiberglass pools. We also use finite element analysis, which is a computerized method for predicting how a product reacts to real-world forces, vibration, heat, fluid flow, and other physical effects. This allows us to model the fiberglass pools that we build to ensureminimize the risk that there are noany structural weak points in the design(s). Our use of a flow controlled material delivery system allows us to ensure that we are applying the appropriate mixture of resin and material, and to align the mixture to the temperature and humidity of the local environment of our production plant.

In addition to the technical know-how and equipment, the manufacturing of fiberglass pools requires local and state air permits in each of our manufacturing plants. We have existing air permits to coveraccommodate our existingcurrent fiberglass manufacturing capacity, and are workingwe work with local, state, and federal agencies to increase capacity limits to support projected growth patterns in several locations.as needed.

Once produced, we use our own fleet of customized delivery trucks and full-time drivers, who require Commercial Driver License designations, to deliver the fiberglass pools to our homeowners. Our coast-to-coast network of facilities provides, on average, lower transportation costs and shorter lead times compared to smaller, regional manufacturers in our sector. Over-highway transportation costs of fiberglass pools become increasingly expensive beyond a 400-500 mile radius, a cost that is typically passed to the homeowner. Due to our national manufacturing network, we are able to offer lower transportation costs. In addition, Latham has our own fleet of delivery vehicles and drivers, who complement our third party distributor partners and provide us with our investment in our national manufacturing base, we have strategically invested in internal delivery capabilities to support demand fluctuations ingreater surety of timely delivering during the busypeak building season. Once our fiberglass pools are delivered to their destination, our dealers provide quality installation and support to homeowners.

The manufacture of our custom vinyl pools requires different techniques based on the product type. For our polymer wall vinyl pools, we have a facility that produces all of our polymer panels on structural foam equipment, which requires unique and specialized molds for each panel, as well as a system to inject the resin into the molds. Our highly-engineered plastic molding machines provide us the leading edge capability to mold high-quality structural panels in custom/proprietycustomized, proprietary shapes. The machines are capable of running extremely large and complex molds that are capable of product configurations that range up to 60 inches tall and 72 inches wide. For our steel panelspanel vinyl pools, we have various processes and highly-engineered metal processing machines that have the capability to convert flat coil steel through various steps into panels that have been punched, bent, seamed, welded, and stacked. The use of a multi-head “soft” tooling cartridge allows simple and fast change-over times and high tolerance performance. We also have customized jigs and equipment to produce special sized panels as needed.

We manufacture our steps for pools based on the steel and fiberglass processes described above. We also have a thermoforming machine that produces all of our thermoformed one piece drop-in steps utilizing a wide variety of specialized molds of various shapes and sizes.

10

Table of Contents

Liners

We manufacture a complete line of both sonically and heat welded vinyl pool liners for both above and in-ground swimming pool applications, with what we believe is the highest technologicalmost technologically advanced processing of vinyl sonic welding in the industry. We have installed specialized machines across our liner and cover facilities in North America, which has allowed us to gain a significant advantage over the competition. Our Ultra-SeamTM technology provides an industry-leading capability to address seam tear or separation. We have production capacity to support custom liners at or better than the industry standard delivery window, from design to shipment.

Covers

Our automatic safety coverscover manufacturing facilities cut, sew, and assemble highly engineered motorized safety covers in a build-to-order model at or abovebetter than the industry standard delivery window, from design to shipment. Our

8

Table of Contents

automatic safety cover business leverages our capabilities around machining, cut/sew, sonic welding, and assembly operations to provide a recessed/concealed covering application for in-ground swimming pool cover products. Our traveling heat welding machine provides an industry-leading seam for durability and finish. Our processing equipment offers tight tolerance and flexible manufacturing with compressed lead times across the various laser cutters, bending, assembly, and test equipment. Our all-season covers are manufactured on the same equipment as our liners.

Sales and Marketing

Traditionally we have relied heavily on a business-to-business model built on strong partnerships with our dealers and distributors to generate awareness of our products. In parallel with our recent2020 rebranding, we pivoted to a “direct-to-homeowner” digital and social marketing strategy that puts the consumer at the center of our marketing efforts. Latham’s unique “direct-to-homeowner” marketing strategy is driving a greater understanding of the benefits of owning a pool, specifically a fiberglass pool, and generating significant consumer demand. We have made meaningful, ongoing investments to position Latham as the brand of choice for the homeowner.

Our continued investment in innovation, product quality, and consumer engagement has been a key driver of our sales growth. We are increasingly responsible for our own lead generation, including via our online platform, mobile app, and consumer hotline. This allows us to provide higher quality, purchase-ready leads to our dealer partners. Our new digital platform engages the consumer early in the pool buying process and facilitates the buying journey from inspiration and design to a Latham pool purchase. Our Latham Augmented Reality Pool Visualizer app, along with newly launchedour website, allow homeowners to re-imagine their outdoor living spaces and directly connects them to a dealer of our choice. For example, our website has visualization tools that allow homeowners to browse through the variety of pool shapes, sizes, colors, patterns, details, and specifications that we offer to choose their pool or their pool liner. Once chosen, homeowners can save the illustrated PDF file and take it to a local dealer to purchase. In addition, our Latham Augmented Reality Pool Visualizer app provides the technology for homeowners to visualize a Latham pool in their own backyard. The interactive nature allows homeowners to compare a variety of pool types and shapes and, when ready, directly contact a dealer without leaving the app.

We maintain a sales organization throughout North America, Australia, and New Zealand that works with dealers and distributors and focuses on increased penetration, dealer growth, and dealer share of wallet. An example of this iswas the 2020 launch of Latham Grand, program, a valued-added program that drives dealers toward a 100% exclusive relationship with Latham. WeOnce Latham Grand dealers become exclusive, we invest in our exclusive dealersthem through localized marketing spend, co-branding opportunities, tailored offerings, and priority lead generation. We also provide our dealers with enhanced product literature, in-store display samples, and other initiatives to drive sales. We have directed a significant portion of our advertising spend to digital channels, including social media and search advertising. Our improved digital marketing engine has the ability to strategically target market spend and to generate leads in territories where dealers have capacity, in under-penetrated markets, and in the largest in-ground swimming pool markets.

11

Table of Contents

Through focused demonstrations, education, product training, and other sales support efforts, we are raising the level of professionalism of our dealers to help facilitate higher lead conversion rates and quality installations, thereby driving the consumer demand. We established “Latham University” in Zephyrhills, Florida, where we provide both start-up training and continuing education on fiberglass pool advantages and best practice, sales training, and advanced pool installation to our dealers. Additionally, we provide on-site installation assistance to our new dealer partners on their initial fiberglass pool installation. We recently announced the launch of Measure by Latham ("Measure"), a proprietary advanced AI-powered device that dramatically reduces dealer time and error in measuring swimming pool vinyl liners and safety covers. Measure is an end-to-end solution that will provide dealers with a simple, cost-effective user experience, high-performance measuring accuracy, and a modernized ordering process.

To facilitate the decision to buy, we offer warranties for our products. In addition, to assist consumers in financing their pool purchase, we connect them to specialist pool financing providers with which we partner.

9

Table of Contents

Raw Materials and Suppliers

We utilize a centralized sourcing model that includes a dedicated team of procurement professionals so that we can coordinate and leverage our purchases across a diverse supplier base. Our centralized sourcing model leveragescomplements our growing scale within our marketsgrowth to achieve competitive pricingcosts and to ensure supply availability. The manufacturing facilities coordinate all materialsmaterial deliveries with respect to volume and timing to ensure proper alignment between consumption and working capital programs. In 2021,2022, we purchased supplies from over 247275 suppliers, with 58%63% of supplies being purchased from our top ten suppliers and 11%17% of supplies being purchased from our largest supplier.

The primary raw materials used in our products are PVC, galvanized steel, fiberglass, aluminum, Kevlar fiber, carbon fiber, various resins, gelcoat, polypropylene fabric, ceramicceramics, and roving. Our contractssupply agreements with key suppliers are typically negotiated on an annual basis. The cost of the raw materials used in our manufacturing processes has historically varied and has been affected by changes in supply and demand. We have nominimal fixed-price contracts with any of our major vendors. We have not entered into hedges of our raw material costs at this time, but we may choose to enter into such hedges in the future. Prices for spot market purchases are negotiated on a continuous basis in line with current market prices. Other than occasional strategic purchases of larger quantities of certain raw materials, we generally buy materials on an as-needed basis. Changes in prices of our raw materials have a direct impact on our cost of sales.

We strive to maintain strong and collaborative relationships with our suppliers and believe that the sources for these inputs are well-established, generally available on world markets, and are in sufficient quantity. We do not undertake defined purchase agreements requiring fixed commitments or “take or pay” requirements with our suppliers. If one or more suppliers were unable to satisfy our requirements for particular raw materials, we believe alternative sources of supply would be available, although we could experience a disruption to our operations as alternative suppliers are identified and qualified and new supply arrangements are entered into. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations and Industry — We depend on a global network of third-party suppliers to provide components and raw materials essential to the manufacturing of our pools and price increases or deviations in the quantity or quality of the raw materials used to manufacture our products could adversely affect our net sales and operating results” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Factors Affecting Our Performance— Cost and Availability of Materials.”

Competition

We are the leader in the North American in-ground residential swimming pool market, holding the #1 position by volume in each of our product categories. We also operate in New Zealand and Australia, where we hold the #1 position by volume in the fiberglass pools category in both Australia and New Zealand, according to management estimates. We compete with regional and local manufacturers. We competemanufacturers on the basis of a number of considerations, including brand recognition and loyalty, quality, performance, product characteristics, marketing, product development, sales and distribution, and price. We believe we compete favorably with respect to these factors through our differentiated consumer value proposition andproposition; brand, breadth, and quality of our product portfolio,portfolio; national manufacturing footprint in the United States,States; leading sales forceforce; and large network of dealers.

12

Table of Contents

The main alternative to vinyl and fiberglass pools are concrete pools, which are built in the ground and are constructed by pouring concrete over steel rods to create the shell of the pool. Concrete pools are highly customizable when compared to fiberglass pools (which use a pre-manufactured shell), but they require frequent and more costly maintenance than fiberglass. In contrast to concrete pools, fiberglass pools are subject to shipping limitations and, as a result, their width cannot exceed certain size. Based on our knowledge of our dealers, we believe it takes approximately three months to install a concrete pool. We do not participate in the concrete pool market other than providingto provide automatic safety covers and all-season covers for concrete pools. We believe that the shift in material from concrete to fiberglass that the North American in-ground swimming pool industry is undergoing will favor our products. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Industry”Operations and Industry—We face competition both from within our industry and from other outdoor living products and if we are not able to compete effectively, our prospects for future success will be jeopardized.” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Factors Affecting Our Performance—Volume of Products Sold.”

10

Table of Contents

Seasonality

Although we generally have demand for our products throughout the year, our business is seasonal, and weather is one of the principal external factors affecting the business. In general, net sales and net income are highest during spring and summer, representing the peak months of swimming pool use, pool installation, and remodeling and repair activities. Calendar years having severe weather also play a role in affecting sales growth, as particularly rainy or cold years tend to slow the volume of sales, including as a result of complicating conditions for pool installations. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations and Industry — We are susceptible to adverseAdverse weather conditions.conditions could negatively impact our sales, as well as result in significant variability of sales in reporting periods.

Intellectual Property

We rely on trademark and service mark protection to protect our brands, and we have registered or applied to register many of these trademarks and service marks. In particular, we believe the Latham brand is significant to the success of our business. We also rely on a combination of unpatented proprietary know-how and trade secrets, and to a lesser extent, patents to preserve our position in the market. As we develop technologies and processes that we believe are innovative, we intend to continually assess the patentability of new intellectual property. In addition, we employ various other methods, including confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements with third parties and employees who have access to trade secrets, to protect our trade secrets and know-how. Our intellectual property rights may be challenged by third parties and may not be effective in excluding competitors from using the same or similar technologies, brands, or works.

Human Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2021,2022, we had 2,3882,198 full-time employees, of whom 205230 were based outside of North America. Our workforce is not unionized. We believe we have satisfactorygood relations with our employees.

Our reputation for exceptional quality relies on having exceptional people, so we ensure that our team is rewarded, engaged, and developed to build fulfilling careers. We provide competitive employee wages that are consistent withappropriate to employee positions, skill levels, experience, knowledge, and geographic location. In the United States, we offer our employees a wide array of health, welfarelocation, and retirement benefits, which we believe are competitive relative to others in our industry. In our operations outside the United States, we offer benefits that may vary from those offered to our U.S. employees due to customary local practices and statutory requirements. In all locations, we provide time off benefits, company-paid holidays, recognition programsadditional rewards including incentive plans, bonus plans, and career development opportunities. achievement awards. We benchmark our benefits plan annually to ensure our employee value proposition remains competitive and attractive to new talent.

The principleshealth and safety of diversity, inclusion and equal employment opportunity guide our decision-making.

Our human capital resources objectives include, as applicable, identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing and integrating our existing and new employees. Our talented employees drive our mission and share core values that both stem from and define our culture, which plays an invaluable role in our execution at all levels in our organization. Our culturepeople is based on these shared core values whicha primary concern for us, so we believe contribute to our success and the continued growth of the organization. These values are used in candidate screening and in employee evaluations to help reinforce their importance in our organization: respect, recognition and opportunity for employees; genuine passion for performance; relentless execution; accountability for results; culture of collaboration and transparency; aspiring to be defect-free; promoting a safety-focused and healthy work environment and value-added partnership with customers.

13

Table of Contents

We are committed to providing a safe work environment for our employees. We have implemented a comprehensive health and safety program to manage workplace safety hazards and to protect employees. The program encompasses performance,We provide regular training and competency development to verify and ensure compliance with health and safety procedures and regulations. In the post-pandemic world, we continue to drive community health safety guidelines and best practices for employee wellness gained from our COVID-19 experience.

Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion

Diversity, equity, inclusion, and belonging are fundamental principles in our culture. We are committed to fostering, cultivating, celebrating, and preserving a culture of diversity, equity, inclusion, and belonging among our employees, customers, and suppliers. Latham’s diversity initiatives include, but are not limited to, our practices and awareness. The COVID-19 pandemic has underscoredpolicies on recruitment and selection; compensation; benefits plan design; professional development and training; promotions; transfers; internal communications; social and recreational programs; terminations; and both ongoing development of a work environment that encourages and enforces respectful communication, teamwork, work/life balance, and engaging in community efforts that promote a greater understanding and respect for the importanceprinciples of keepingdiversity.

Health, Safety, and Wellness

Our health and safety policies and practices include an employee training and competency development program to train, verify, and encourage compliance with health and safety procedures and regulations annually. We

11

Table of Contents

monitor our employees safetotal recordable incident rate monthly and healthy. In responsereview workplace injury and claims trends with our carriers monthly to the pandemic, we have taken actions aligned with the recommendationsidentify areas of the Centersfocus and opportunities for Disease Control and Prevention in the United States and comparable agencies in other countriesimplementing new programs to protect our workforce so they can more safely and effectively perform their work.employees.

Acquisitions and Partnerships

We were acquired by Pamplona in December 2018. We have made threefour acquisitions since 2018,2018: the purchase of certain fiberglass pool manufacturing assets in Seminole, Oklahoma in November 2022; the purchase of Radiant Pools in November 2021, a manufacturer of vinyl-lined and aluminum-walled swimming pools; the purchase of GLI, a competitor in vinyl linersliner and safety cover marketsmanufacturer based in Ohio, in October 2020,2020; and the purchase of Narellan, a manufacturer of fiberglass pools in Australia and New Zealand in May 2019. We also made a strategic investment in October 2020 by acquiring a 28% interest in Premier Pools & Spas, a pool builder focusing on in-ground swimming pools (which was reduced in connection with a partial sale to 20.1% on August 6, 2021). On December 17, 2021, Premier Pools & Spas issued additional non-voting common units. Our ownership interest in Premier Pools & Spas after the issuance of additional non-voting common units is 18.2% while our voting interest remains 20.1%. We anticipate that we will continue to look to grow our portfolio of outdoor living products through further acquisitions. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Factors Affecting Our Performance — Acquisitions and Partnerships.”

Environmental, Health and Safety Laws and Regulations

Our operations and properties are subject to extensive and frequently changing federal, state, and local environmental protection and health and safety laws, regulations, and ordinances. These laws, regulations, and ordinances, among other matters, govern activities and operations that may have adverse environmental effects, such as discharges to air, soil, and water, and establish standards for the handling of hazardous and toxic substances and the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes.

Certain of our operations require environmental, health and safety permits, or other approvals from governmental authorities, and certain of these permits and approvals are subject to expiration, denial, revocation, or modification under various circumstances. Those requirements obligate us to obtain and maintain permits from one or more governmental agencies in order to conduct our operations. Such permits are typically issued by state agencies, but permits and approvals may also be required from federal or local governmental agencies. As with all governmental permitting processes, there is a degree of uncertainty as to whether a permit will be granted, the time it will take for a permit to be issued, and the conditions that may be imposed in connection with the granting of the permit. Compliance with these laws, regulations, permits, and approvals is a significant factor in our business. From time to time, we incur significant capital and operating expenditures to achieve and maintain compliance with applicable environmental, health and safety laws, regulations, permits, and approvals. Our failure to comply with applicable environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, or permit or approval requirements, could result in substantial liabilities or civil or criminal fines, or penalties or enforcement actions, including regulatory or judicial orders enjoining or curtailing operations or requiring remedial or corrective measures, installation of pollution control equipment, or other actions, as wellsuch as business disruptions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, andor results of operations.

14

Table of Contents

Some of the environmental laws applicable to us provide that a current or previous owner or operator of real property may be liable for the costs of removal or remediation of environmental contamination on, under, or in that property or other impacted properties. Accordingly, such liability could apply to us in connection with any of our current or former manufacturing plants or other properties. In addition, some of these laws provide that persons who arrange, or are deemed to have arranged, for the disposal or treatment of hazardous substances may also be liable for the costs of removal or remediation of environmental contamination at the disposal or treatment site, regardless of whether the affected site is owned or operated by such person. Environmental laws, in general, often impose liability whether or not the owner, operator or arranger knew of, or caused, the presence of such environmental contamination. Also, third parties may make claims against owners or operators of properties for personal injuries, for property damage and/or for clean-up associated with releases of hazardous or toxic substances pursuant to applicable environmental laws and common law tort theories, including strict liability. Failure to comply with environmental laws or regulations could result in severe fines and penalties.

12

Table of Contents

We are not aware of any environmental liabilities that would be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. We believe we comply in all material respects with environmental laws and regulations and possess the permits required to operate our manufacturing and other facilities. Our environmental compliance costs in the future will depend, in part, on the nature and extent of our manufacturing activities, regulatory developments and future requirements that cannot presently be predicted.

Environmental, Social, and Governance

To achieve long-term success as a business, we recognize the need to align our business strategy and priorities with the expectations of our stakeholders, and our ambition is to lead our industry towards a more sustainable future. In launching our formal ESG program in 2021, we worked with independent consultants to assess our ESG performance, benchmark our efforts against our competitors, and establish a comprehensive strategy to manage ESG risks and opportunities effectively.

Our management team develops ESG strategy and related goals and policies through an ESG working group, and our ESG program is overseen by our Board of Directors’ Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Management has established an ESG working group that is a cross-functional team managing the day-to-day implementation of company initiatives and driving accountability for ESG performance. The working group is focused on measuring our progress in each of the key ESG areas relevant to our business, including environmental, health, and safety; diversity, equity, and inclusion; sustainable products and supply chains; and corporate governance.

We published our inaugural ESG report in the second quarter of 2022, which included information regarding our first materiality assessment undertaken by an independent third party. We intend to publish an annual ESG report to update our stakeholders on our ongoing journey.

Health and Safety Matters

Our health and safety policies and practices include an employee training and competency development program to regularly train, verify, and encourage compliance with health and safety procedures and regulations. We regularly monitor our total recordable incident rate. We employ an environmental, health, and safety director who with their team arethat is responsible for managing, auditing, and executing unified, companywide safety and compliance programs, as well as working directly with site leadership and associates on safety awareness, reports, and preventative measures.

Web Sites and Additional Information

The U. S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)(“SEC”) maintains an Internet web site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy statements, and other information regarding our Company. In addition, we maintain an Investor Relations web site at https://ir.lathampool.com/. We make available through our web site our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file with or furnish such material to the SEC. We do not charge any fees to view, print, or access these reports on our web site. The contents of our web site or any other web site referenced are not a part of this report.

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

Certain statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements contained in this report other than statements of historical fact may constitute forward-looking statements, including statements regarding our future operating results and financial position, our business strategy and plans, business and market trends, our objectives for future operations, macroeconomic and geopolitical conditions, and the sufficiency of our cash balances, working capital and cash generated from operating, investing, and financing activities for our future liquidity and capital resource needs. These forward-looking statements are generally identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms “anticipate,” “believe,” “confident,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “likely,” “may,”

13

Table of Contents

“plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “will,” “would” and, in each case, their negative or other various or comparable terminology. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements, including those set forth under the section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K titled “Risk Factors,” "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, or as described on other subsequent reports we file or furnish with the SEC. We encourage you to read this report and our other filings with the SEC carefully. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment, and new risks emerge from time to time. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable and our expectations based on third-party information and projections are from sources that management believes to be reputable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activities, performance, or achievements.

These forward-looking statements reflect our views with respect to future events as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or the date specified herein, and we have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or review publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We anticipate that subsequent events and developments will cause our views to change. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, merger, dispositions, joint ventures, or investments we may undertake. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

14

Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors

You should carefully consider the following risks and uncertainties, together with all of the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, or this Annual Report, including our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report, before making an investment decision. In addition, past financial performance may not be a reliable indicator of future performance and historical trends may not predict results or trends in future periods. Any of the following risks, individually or collectively, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations, in which case the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risk Factors Summary

Our business is subject to a number of risks, including risks that may prevent us from achieving our business objectives or may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects. Risks that we deem material are described below. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

lack of demandNet sales for our swimming pools and related products;
changesproducts is adversely affected by unfavorable economic conditions and trends in economic and business conditions;

15

Table of Contents

adverse weather conditions impacting our sales;
inability to attract dealers and distributors to purchase our products since our products are not sold directly to consumers;consumer spending;
inability to sustain further growth in our business;
failureadverse weather conditions impacting our sales, as well as result in significant variability of sales in reporting periods;
natural disasters, war, terrorism, public health issues such as the novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) pandemic or other catastrophic events;
our ability to meet customer specificationsattract, develop and retain highly qualified personnel;
inability to attract dealers and distributors to purchase our products, or consumer expectations;the loss of our largest customers, since our products are not sold directly to consumers;
increases in costs of our raw materials and components and inability to source the quantity or quality of raw materials and components that we need to manufacture our products;products, including due to the loss of our largest suppliers;
changing patterns in consumer spending, and ability of consumers to obtain financing to purchase our products;inflationary impacts;
natural disasters, war, terrorism, public healthproduct quality issues, such aswarranty claims or safety concerns and other claims in the novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) pandemicordinary course of business;
competition that we face;
failure to meet customer specifications or other catastrophic events that could disruptconsumer expectations;
our inability to collect accounts receivables from our customers;
delays in, or systems disruptions issues caused by, the supply, delivery or demandimplementation of our products;enterprise resource planning system could adversely affect our operations;
changes in environmental, health, safety, transportation, and other government regulations;
the effects of climate change and the expanding legal and regulatory restrictions intended to address climate change could adversely impact our business;
inability to obtain transportation services to deliver our product and to obtain raw materials timely or increases in the cost of transportation;
product quality issues, warranty claims or safety concerns and other claims in the ordinary course of business;
our ability to obtain, maintain and enforce intellectual property protection for our current and future products;products, and third-party claims against us for violation of their intellectual property;
the risks of doing business internationally;
cyber security breaches and data leaks, and our dependence on information technology systems;
changes in environmental, health and safety regulations;
competition that we face; and
the other factors set forth under “Risk Factors.”

Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

15

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Operations and Industry

The demand forNet sales of our swimming pools and related products may beis adversely affected by unfavorable economic conditions and trends in consumer spending.spending, which are impacted by factors outside of our control.

A swimming pool is a consumer discretionary purchase. Consumer discretionary spending affects our sales of swimming pools and related products and is impacted by factors outside of our control, including general economic conditions, the residential housing market, unemployment rates and wage levels, interest rate fluctuations, inflation, disposable income levels, consumer confidence and access to credit. In particular, we believe that access to consumer credit is an important factor enabling the purchase of new pools because a significant percentage of consumers finance their pool installations. Tightening consumer credit or increases in interest rates could reduce the number of consumers that obtain financing for pools, which would negatively impact our sales. In economic downturns such as many economists and industry leaders are forecasting for 2023, the demand for swimming pools and related products mayhas declined and we expect that such demand would decline in the future, with the magnitude of such declines often corresponding withto the declines in discretionary consumer spending and the growth rate of pool eligible households and swimming pool construction. This cyclicality in consumer demand for our products means that the results for any prior period may not be indicative of results for any future period.

households. In addition, consumer demand for swimming pools is impacted by consumer demand for, and spending on, outdoor living spaces. While we believe consumers have increased relative spending on outdoor living in recent years, the level of spending couldsuch purchases may decrease in the future.aggregate if there was a decline in consumer discretionary spending.

Any substantial deterioration in general economic conditions that diminishes consumer confidence or discretionary income may reduce our sales and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, the cyclicality in consumer demand for our products that we do not control increases the risk of making critical business decisions based on our forecasts, and means that the results for any prior period may not be indicative of results for any future period. Further, a recessionary economic environment could weaken the financial condition of our suppliers potentially leading to shortages of critical raw materials, manufacturing equipment, components, and services, and increase the risk of dealer and distributor closures or bankruptcies that could shrink our potential customer base and inhibit our ability to collect on their receivables. Even in generally favorable economic conditions, severe and/or prolonged downturns in the housing market could have a material adverse impact on our financial performance. Such downturns expose us to certain additional risks, including, but not limited to the risk of dealer closures or bankruptcies, which could shrink our potential customer base and inhibit our ability to collect on those dealers’ receivables.

We believe that consumers’ access to consumer credit is a factor enabling the purchase of new pools because a significant percentage of consumers finance their pool installations. Tightening consumer credit or increases in interest rates could prevent consumers from obtaining financing for pools, which could negatively impact our sales.

16

Table of Contents

We are susceptible to adverse weather conditions.

Given the nature of our business, weather is one of the principal external factors affecting our business, and the impact of bad weather is further exacerbated by the seasonality of our business. The second and third quarters of the year, which correspond to the spring and summer months in the United States, represent the peak months of swimming pool use and pool installation and maintenance. Unseasonably late warming trends in the spring or early cooling trends in the fall can shorten the length of the pool season. In addition, unseasonably cool weather or extraordinary rainfall during the peak season can have an adverse impact on demandperformance due to decreased swimming pool use and installation. Drought conditions or water management initiatives may lead to municipal ordinances related to water use restrictions. Such restrictions could result in decreased pool installations, which could negatively impact our sales.

Our products are sold to other businesses for resale to consumers, and inability to attract dealers and distributors to purchase our products orindustry’s alignment with the loss of our largest customer could adversely affect our results of operations.

We sell all of our products to key channel partners, dealers and distributors, who resell the products to consumers. Some of our customers also sell our competitors’ products. The customers’ success in reselling our products to consumers is a key driver of our net sales. If we are unable to attract or retain successful customers on a cost-effective basis, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

Our customers are generally not contractually obligated to purchase from us. They make purchase decisions based on a combination of brand, product quality, consumer demand, customer service performance, price and other factors. Changes in our customers’ strategies may adversely affect our sales. Additionally, our customers may face financial or other difficulties that may impact their operations and their purchases from us. Finally, our customers may default on their obligations to us.

These risks are heightened with respect to our largest customer, which accounted for 25.0% of our net sales in 2021. A reduction in sales to our customers, particularly the loss of, or a reduction in sales to, our largest customer, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.housing market.

We may be unable to sustain further growth in our business.

Our core strategy for our business is growth, including by contributing to the transformation of the North American residential pool industry by driving and benefiting from material conversion to fiberglass pools, our key product. See “Business — Growth and Strategy.” Although we have generated 1213 consecutive years of net sales growth, we may not be able to continue generating net sales growth in the future. While we believe interest in pool ownership remains strong, recently, homeowners have been taking more time on their purchase decisions and establishing installation dates in light of the current macroeconomic environment. Further, to achieve our growth plans, we have made and expect to continue to make significant investments in our employees, technology, marketing, research and development, manufacturing capacity and strategic investments and acquisitions. While we believe that our fiberglass pools are the future of the industry and meet the majority of the market of pools sold, fiberglass pools do have some limitations. Due to shipping considerations, they are subject to certain size limits. Although we offer a broad portfolio of design choices, fiberglass pools can be less customizable than concrete and vinyl. Our failure to implement our growth strategy in a cost-effective and timely manner could result in underutilized assets and higher operating costs, and otherwise could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

A failure to meet customer specifications or consumer expectationsAdverse weather conditions could negatively impact our sales, as well as result in lostsignificant variability of sales increased expenses, negative publicity, claims for damagesin reporting periods.

Given the nature of our business, weather is one of the principal external factors affecting our business, and harmthe impact of bad weather is further exacerbated by the seasonality of our business. Adverse weather can interfere with ordinary transportation of our products and installation and cause a resulting delay, or if such delay is prolonged may lead to a cancelled order. The second and third quarters of the year, which correspond to the spring and summer months in the United States, represent the peak months of swimming pool use and pool installation and maintenance. Unseasonably late warming trends in the spring or early cooling trends in the fall can shorten the length of the pool

16

Table of Contents

season. In addition, unseasonably cool weather or extraordinary rainfall during the peak season can have an adverse impact on demand due to decreased swimming pool use and installation.

Due to such seasonality, our net sales are significantly stronger in the second and third quarters each year, and are moderated in the first and fourth quarters. Further, adverse weather conditions can cause the timing of sales and cash flows can shift significantly between quarterly and annual reporting periods and therefore significantly impact the meaningfulness of period-to-period comparisons of financial and operating results.

Natural disasters, war, terrorism, public health issues such as the COVID-19 pandemic, or other catastrophic events could adversely affect our business. financial condition and results of operations.

Our operations and financial results have been, and may be in the future, adversely impacted by local, regional, national or global catastrophic events or extraordinary circumstances, such as natural or environmental disasters, public health issues such as the COVID-19 pandemic, and other serious disruption to our brandfacilities due to fire, flood, earthquake, acts of terrorism, civil insurrection or social unrest. Any such event could disrupt our supply chain, our ability to manufacture and reputation.

A failuredeliver our products, and our dealers’ and distributors’ ability to install our products, as well as adversely impact customer demand of our products. Further, such event could have macro implications, such as adversely impacting consumer discretionary spending, causing geopolitical uncertainty, and resulting in a macroeconomic downturn and disruption in the financial markets. Given the seasonality inherent in our business, the impact of such events or inability by uscircumstances on our business would be particularly severe if the timing coincides with the peak months of swimming pool use and pool installation and maintenance. Our response and response of other impacted persons to meet customer specificationsany such event may result in an increase in our operating costs and require significant management resources, and we could incur impairment expense for any impacted assets. The direct and indirect impacts of such catastrophic event or consumer expectationsextraordinary circumstances also could damage our reputationheighten many of the other risks described in this Annual Report, and any of these impacts could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The ongoing war between Russia and Ukraine could adversely affect our operations, and related sanctions and other actions that have been or may be enacted by the United States, the European Union, or other governing entities could adversely affect our business, our business partners, our suppliers, and our customers. While our operations are primarily within North America and we have no operations in Russia or Ukraine, and we do not have direct exposure to customers and vendors in Russia and Ukraine, we continue to monitor any adverse impact that such events may have on the global economy in general, on our business and operations and on the businesses and operations of our business partners, suppliers and customers.

We depend on our ability to attract, new businessdevelop, and result in delayed or lost sales. One of our growth strategies is the use of consumer-focused branding for our products to grow our sales. retain highly qualified personnel.

Our ability to create, maintain, enhancemeet our strategic objectives and protectotherwise grow our brand imagebusiness will depend to a significant extent on the continued contributions of our leadership team, as well as our ability to identify, attract, and reputation and consumers’ connection to our brand depends in part on our designretain other highly qualified managerial, technical, sales and marketing, efforts, includingoperations, and customer service personnel. In particular, we rely on a technically skilled workforce to operate the specialized equipment required to manufacture fiberglass pools. Competition for these individuals in our increasing reliance on social mediamanufacturing markets is intense and online disseminationsupply is limited, in particular due to significant voluntary resignations across industries since the onset of consumer advertising campaigns. Negative publicity or product quality issues, whether real or perceived, could tarnish our reputation and our brand image. Failure to maintain, enhance and protect our brand imagethe COVID-19 pandemic. Since we operate in a competitive labor market, there is a risk that market increases in compensation could have a materialan adverse effect on our business and operating costs. We may not succeed in identifying, attracting, or retaining qualified personnel on a cost-effective basis. The loss or interruption of services of any of our key personnel, inability to identify, attract, or retain qualified personnel in the future, delays in hiring qualified personnel, or any employee work slowdowns, strikes, or similar actions could make it difficult for us to conduct and manage our business and meet key objectives, which could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, any failureNovember 2022, we approved a cost reduction plan to meet customer specifications could resultoptimize our production and shift schedules, implement a workforce reduction, and streamline our cover and liner manufacturing footprint with the closure of our Bossier City, Louisiana facility in reduced net salesthe first quarter of 2023. Such actions may adversely impact our ability to attract and income.retain qualified personnel in the future.

17

Table of Contents

Our products are sold to other businesses for resale to consumers, and inability to attract dealers and distributors to purchase our products or the loss of our largest customers could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We sell all of our products to key channel partners, dealers and distributors, who resell the products to consumers and other dealers, respectively. Some of our customers also sell our competitors’ products. The customers’ success in reselling our products to consumers is a key driver of our net sales. Our agreements for exclusivity with customers generally are terminable at will by either party. During periods of strong growth, we have had to terminate relationships with certain customers to ensure we could satisfy the demand of our leading customers. During periods of slower growth, such as we expect in 2023, we are looking to develop relationships with new customers to expand our growth opportunities. If we are unable to attract or retain successful customers on a cost-effective basis, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

Our customers generally are not contractually obligated to purchase from us. They make purchase decisions based on a combination of brand, product quality, consumer demand, customer service performance, price, and other factors. In 2022, we experienced volume declines in our packaged pool products as our wholesale distribution partners destocked packaged pool inventory levels as they serviced dealer demand through existing supply, and we expect this to continue into 2023. Changes in our customers’ strategies may adversely affect our sales. Additionally, our customers may face financial or other difficulties that may impact their operations and their purchases from us. Finally, our customers may default on their obligations to us.

These risks are heightened with respect to our largest customer, which accounted for 20.3% of our net sales in 2022, and our top ten dealers and distributors, which accounted for 39.4% of our net sales in 2022. A reduction in sales to our customers, particularly the loss of, or a reduction in sales to, our largest customers, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We depend on a global network of third-party suppliers to provide components and raw materials essential to the manufacturing of our pools and price increases or deviations in the quantity or quality of the raw materials used to manufacture our products could adversely affect our net sales and operating results.

We rely on manufacturers and other suppliers to provide us with the components and raw materials to manufacture our products. The primary raw materials used in our products are polyvinyl chloride (“PVC”) plastic, galvanized steel, fiberglass, aluminum, carbon fiber, Kevlar fiber, various resins, gelcoat, polypropylene fabric, and roving.

Increases in the cost of the raw materials used to manufacture our products could adversely affect our operating results. The cost of many of the raw materials we use in the manufacture of our products, such as steel, is subject to price volatility. Changes in prices of our raw materials have a direct impact on our cost of sales. Accordingly, we are exposed to the risk of increases in the market prices of raw materials used in the manufacture of our products. We are experiencing inflationary pressures in certain areas of our business, including with respect to prices of our raw materials and employee wages, although, to date, we have been able to offset such pressures, to some extent, through price increases and other measures. If we are unable to increase our prices or experience a delay in our ability to increase our prices or to recover such increases in our costs, our gross profit will suffer. In addition, increases in the price of our products to compensate for increased costs of raw materials may reduce demand for our products and adversely affect our competitive position.

Other than occasional strategic purchases of larger quantities of certain raw materials, we generally buy materials on an as-needed basis. We are dependent upon the ability of our suppliers to consistently provide raw materials and components that meet our specifications, quality standards and other applicable criteria. Our suppliers’ failure to provide raw materials and components that meet such criteria on a timely basis could adversely affect production schedules and our product quality, which in turn could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. While we believe that our relationships with our current suppliers are sufficient to provide the

18

Table of Contents

materials necessary to meet present production demand, these relationships may not continue or the quantity or quality of materials available from these suppliers may not be sufficient to meet our future needs, irrespective of whether we successfully implement our growth strategy, and we may not be able to obtain supplies on favorable terms. In the event of a shortage of our raw materials, we may not be able to arrange for alternative sources of such materials on a timely basis or on equally favorable terms. For example, in 2021 and the first half of 2022, we experienced significant raw material shortages, particularly of resin, which limited our fiberglass pool production and decreased our profitability.profitability and raw material shortages may impact us similarly in the future. Although we have taken actions to increase and diversify our resin and other raw materials supply base, we may not succeed in procuring sufficient supply of resin and other raw materials that we need on a timely basis or at all, which could result in lost sales and a decline in our profitability.

In addition, increasesThe foregoing risks are heightened with respect to our largest supplier, which accounted for 17% of our purchased supplies in the cost2022, and our top ten suppliers, which accounted for 63% of the raw materials used to manufacture our productspurchased supplies in 2022.

Inflation could adversely affectimpact our operating results. The cost of some of the raw materials we use in the manufacture of our products, such as steel, is subject to price volatility. Changes in prices of our raw materials have a direct impact on our cost of sales. Accordingly, we are exposed to the risk of increases in the market prices of raw materials used in the manufacture of our products. If we are unable to increase our prices or experience a delay in our ability to increase our prices or to recover such increases in our costs, our gross profit will suffer. In addition, increases in the price of our products to compensate for increased costs of raw materials may reduce demand for our products and adversely affect our competitive position.

The current outbreak of COVID-19, or the future outbreak of any other highly infectious or contagious diseases, has caused, and may continue to cause, disruption to our business and operations.

Any outbreaks of contagious diseases, public health epidemics or pandemics and other adverse public health developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. COVID-19 has spread across the globe, including every state in the United States.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, governmental authorities, including in all of the jurisdictions in which we operate, took measures to limit the spread of the outbreak, including mandatory business closures, travel restrictions, quarantines, declarations of states of emergency, “stay-at-home” or “shelter-in-place” orders and social distancing protocols, seeking voluntary facility closures and/or other restrictions. These restrictions and the potential reintroduction of similar restrictions could materially adversely affect our ability, and our customers’ and suppliers’ ability, to adequately staff, manage and maintain their respective businesses. Given the seasonality inherent in our business, the impact of such restrictions on our business would be particularly severe if the timing coincides with the peak months of swimming pool use and pool installation and maintenance. The COVID-19 pandemic or another pandemic could have material and adverse effects on our ability to successfully operate due to, among other factors:

a general decline in consumer confidence, increase in unemployment rates and financial distress of consumers negatively impacting demand for our products;
our customers experiencing diminished financial condition or financial distress, which reduces their demand for our products, and potentially renders them unable to meet their payment obligations to us in a timely manner or at all;

18

Table of Contents

delays or disruptions and temporary suspensions of our operations and those of our suppliers and building contractors that consumers use to install our pools;
disruptions or delays in our supply chain, which may result in the need to seek alternative suppliers, who may be more expensive or may not be available at all;
increase in our operating costs and reduction of efficiency due to measures that we have taken and will likely continue to take to address the COVID-19 pandemic, including, among other things, providing additional safety equipment, enhancing facility cleaning, switching our office employees to remote working, enacting and enforcing employee physical distancing protocols in our factories and reducing the need for face-to-face interactions, providing enhanced employee benefits and possibility of increased overhead or other expenses resulting from compliance with any future government orders or other measures enacted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic;
continued or repeated closures of borders, impositions of prolonged quarantines and further restrictions on travel and business activity, which could materially impair our ability to support our operations, to source supplies through our supply chain, to identify, pursue and capture new business opportunities, and restrict the ability of our employees to access their workplaces;
impairment or restructuring charges;
inability to comply with financial covenants in our debt agreements;
difficulty accessing the capital markets on attractive terms, or at all, and a severe disruption and instability in the global financial markets, or deteriorations in credit and financing conditions which could affect our access to capital necessary to fund business operations or address maturing liabilities on a timely basis; and
the potential negative impact on the health of our highly qualified personnel.

Our management of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic has required, and will continue to require, significant investment of time by our management and employees. The rapid development and fluidity of this situation precludes any prediction as to the ultimate adverse impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and the resulting governmental and other measures. The foregoing and other impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic could have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this Annual Report, and any of these impacts could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

MandatoryInflation in the United States began to rise significantly in the second half of the calendar year of 2021 and continued to increase in 2022. For instance, global supply chain disruptions have resulted in shortages in materials and services, which has led to inflationary cost increases for labor, materials, and services, and could continue to cause costs to increase as well as scarcity of certain products. Global supply chain disruptions continue to persist, and may become worse due to the war in Ukraine, the COVID-19 vaccinationpandemic-related lock-downs in China or for other reasons. We are experiencing inflationary pressures in certain areas of employees couldour business, including with respect to prices of our raw materials and employee wages, although, to date, we have been able to offset such pressures, to some extent, through price increases and other measures. We cannot, however, predict any future trends in the rate of inflation or associated increases in our operating costs and how that may impact our workforce and suppliers and have a material adverse effectbusiness. In addition, the demand for our products may soften as we continue to increase the prices of our products to offset the inflationary pressure. To the extent we are unable to recover higher operating costs resulting from inflation or otherwise mitigate the impact of such costs on our business, and results of operations.

Effective November 5, 2021, the U.S. Department of Labor’s Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”) issued an emergency temporary standard (“OSHA Regulation”) requiring all employers with at least 100 employees (“Covered Employers”) to implement a COVID-19 vaccination policy that requires their employees be fully vaccinated or tested weekly. Under the OSHA Regulation, Covered Employers must require their employees to be vaccinated or to undergo weekly COVID-19 testingcontinue to grow our sales volumes, our net sales and wear a face covering at work.  Covered Employers, such as us, will be required to provide paid time off to workers to get vaccinatedgross margins could decrease, and allow for paid leave to recover from any side effects. The OSHA Regulation also requires Covered Employers to (i) determine the vaccination status of each employee, (ii) obtain acceptable proof of vaccination status from vaccinated employees and maintain records of such vaccinations and (iii) require employees to provide prompt notice when they test positive for COVID-19 or receive a COVID-19 diagnosis. Covered Employers are required to comply with most of the requirements of the OSHA Regulation by January 10, 2022, and must comply with the testing requirement by February 9, 2022. Failure to comply with the OSHA Regulation may result in fines.

19

Table of Contents

The OSHA Regulation has been subject to multiple legal challenges, which have delayed its implementation. Most recently, the United States Supreme Court reinstated the injunction on the implementation of the OSHA Regulation on January 13, 2022. On January 25, 2022, OSHA announced the withdrawal of the OSHA Regulation as an enforceable temporary standard but not as a proposed rule effective January 26, 2022. We anticipate that further litigation and other actions challenging aspects of the OSHA Regulation may materialize with OSHA seeking to enforce the OSHA Regulation in court. We anticipate that OSHA and other branches of the federal government may seek to effectuate a substantially similar iteration of the OSHA Regulation or alternatively seek alternative avenues for vaccination or testing requirements in the event the legal enforceability of the OSHA Regulation continues to be denied. Therefore it is not currently possible to predict with certainty the exact impact of the OSHA Regulation or of any substantially similar iteration of the OSHA Regulation on our business. The OSHA Regulation or similar mandatory vaccination or testing requirements that may become applicable to our employees may result in employee attrition, including attrition of critically skilled labor, difficulty in obtaining services and equipment from impacted suppliers, and increased costs which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We depend on third parties for transportation services to some extent, and the lack of availability of and/or increases in the cost of transportationoperations could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our business depends on the transportation of both finished goods to our customers and the transportation of raw materials to us primarily through the use of flatbed trucks and rail transportation. We rely partially on third parties for transportation of these items. The availability of these transportation services is subject to various risks, including those associated with supply shortages, change in fuel prices, work stoppages, operating hazards and interstate transportation regulations. In particular, a significant portion of our finished goods is transported by flatbed trucks, which are occasionally in high demand (especially at the end of calendar quarters) and/or subject to price fluctuations based on market conditions and the price of fuel.

If the required supply of transportation services is unavailable when needed, we may be unable to sell our products when they are requested by our customers. In that event, we may be required to reduce the price of the affected products, seek alternative and, potentially more costly, transportation services or be unable to sell the affected products. Similarly, if any of these transportation providers were unavailable to deliver raw materials to us in a timely manner, we may be unable to manufacture our products in response to customer demand. In addition, a significant increase in transportation rates or fuel surcharges could adversely affect our profitability. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.affected.

Product quality, warranty claims or safety concerns and other claims in the ordinary course of business could negatively impact our sales, lead to increased costs, and expose us to litigation. Other litigation and regulatory matters incidental to our business also may adversely impact our business and financial results.

Product quality issues could negatively impact consumer confidence in our brands and our business. If our product offerings do not meet applicable legal standards or consumers’ expectations regarding safety or quality, we could experience lost sales and increased costs and be exposed to legal, financial, and reputational risks, as well as governmental enforcement actions. Since we provide various warranties on our products, generally ranging from five years to lifetime warranties, we become liable for warranty obligations should problems arise. Warranty obligations in excess of our reserves could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Actual, potential, or perceived product safety concerns, including health-related concerns, could expose us to litigation, as well as government enforcement actions, and result in costly product recalls and other liabilities.

We are also involved or may be involved in various disputes, litigation, and regulatory matters incidental to and in the ordinary course of our business, including employment matters, personal injury claims, intellectual property disputes, commercial disputes, government compliance matters, environmental matters, and other matters arising out of the normal conduct of our business. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves in such matters as they arise. While the impact of this litigation has been or may be immaterial, there can be no assurance that the impact of the pending and any future claims will not be material to our business, financial condition, or results of operations in the future.

We face competition both from within our industry and from other outdoor living products and if we are not able to compete effectively, our prospects for future success will be jeopardized.

Within our industry, we directly compete against various regional and local pool manufacturing companies. Outside of our industry, we compete indirectly with alternative suppliers of big ticket consumer discretionary outdoor

19

Table of Contents

living products, such as decks and patios, and with other companies who rely on discretionary homeowner expenditures, such as home remodelers. Given the density and demand for pools, some geographic markets that we serve tend to have a higher concentration of competitors than others, particularly California, Texas, Florida, Arizona, and Australia. In addition, new competitors may emerge.

If one or more of our competitors were to merge, the change in the competitive landscape could adversely affect our competitive position. Consolidation by industry participants could increase their resources and result in competitors with expanded market share, larger customer bases, greater diversified product offerings and greater technological and marketing expertise, which may allow them to compete more effectively against us. In addition, our competitors may develop products that are superior to our products (on a price-to-value basis or otherwise) or may adapt more quickly to new technologies or evolving customer requirements. If we do not compete effectively, our net sales, margins, and profitability and our future prospects for success may be harmed.

Our failure to meet customer specifications or consumer expectations could result in lost sales, increased expenses, negative publicity, claims for damages and harm to our brand and reputation.

A failure or inability by us to meet customer specifications or consumer expectations could damage our reputation and adversely affect our ability to attract new business and result in delayed or lost sales. One of our growth strategies is the use of consumer-focused branding for our products to grow our sales. We have significantly increased our spending on digital strategies and marketing since 2019, and we are increasingly responsible for our own lead generation. Our ability to create, maintain, enhance, and protect our brand image and reputation and consumers’ connection to our brand depends in part on our design and marketing efforts, including our increasing reliance on social media and online dissemination of consumer advertising campaigns. Negative publicity or product quality issues, whether real or perceived, could tarnish our reputation and our brand image. Failure to maintain, enhance and protect our brand image could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, any failure to meet customer specifications could result in reduced net sales and income.

Our inability to collect accounts receivables from our customers may adversely impact our cash flows and our ability to reduce our debt.

We extend credit to our customers, and we generally do not require collateral to secure these extensions of credit. A significant portion of our accounts receivables are typically concentrated within a relatively small number of customers. The financial health of many of our customers is affected by changes in the economy. The effects of any protracted or severe economic declines may cause our customers to be unable to satisfy their payment obligations, including with us. While we have procedures to monitor and limit exposure to credit risk on our accounts receivables, there can be no assurance such procedures will effectively limit our credit risk and avoid losses, and our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected if our credit losses significantly exceed our estimates.

Delays in, or systems disruptions issues caused by, the implementation of our new enterprise resource planning system could adversely affect our operations and results of operations.

We have begun the multi-year implementation of a new enterprise resource planning system. This project has required and will continue to require significant capital and human resources, the re-engineering of many processes of our business, and the attention of our management and other personnel who would otherwise be focused on other aspects of our business. The implementation may be more expensive and take longer to fully implement than we originally plan, resulting in increased capital investment, higher fees, and expenses of third parties, delayed deployment scheduling, and more on-going maintenance expense once implemented, and, as such, it will be difficult for us to estimate the ultimate costs and schedules. The implementation may also cause complications to ongoing operations, result in material weaknesses to our internal control framework, increase regulatory compliance risks, and impact our ability to process transactions efficiently, all of which may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

20

Table of Contents

The nature of our business subjects us to compliance with employment, environmental, health, transportation, safety, anti-corruption, trade, and other governmental regulations.

We are subject to regulation under federal, state, local and international employment, environmental, health, transportation, and safety requirements, which govern such things as the manufacture of fiberglass pools, which is our key product. These laws regulate, among other things, air emissions, the discharge or release of materials into the environment, the handling and disposal of wastes, remediation of contaminated sites, worker health and safety and the impact of products on human health and safety and the environment. These laws also require us to obtain and maintain certificates, registrations, licenses, permits, and other regulatory approvals in order to conduct regulated activities, including the construction and operation of our facilities. Our products must also comply with local, state, and international building codes and safety rules and regulations. Further, we are subject to anti-corruption, anti-bribery, antitrust and other similar laws. For example, we have employees and engage with suppliers and customers in many countries with different legal systems, customs and contract laws and regulations, which expose us to risks associated with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and local anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws and regulations.

Failure to comply with these laws and regulations by us, our employees, our dealers and distributors and other business partners, including failure to obtain and maintain all required certificates, registrations, licenses, permits, and other regulatory approvals, may result in investigations, the assessment of administrative, civil and criminal fines, damages, delays, seizures, disgorgements, penalties or the imposition of injunctive relief. In particular, spills or other releases of regulated substances could expose us to material losses, expenditures and liabilities under applicable environmental laws and regulations. Under certain of such laws and regulations, we could be subject to strict, joint and several liability for the removal or remediation of previously released materials or property contamination, regardless of whether we were responsible for the release or contamination and even if our operations met previous standards in the industry at the time they were conducted. Moreover, compliance with such laws and regulations in the future could prove to be costly. Although we presently do not expect to incur any capital or other expenditures relating to regulatory matters in amounts that may be material to us, we may be required to make such expenditures in the future. These laws and regulations have changed substantially and rapidly and we anticipate that there will be continuing changes, which may require us to incur costs to maintain our business.

The clear trend in environmental, health, transportation and safety regulations is to place more restrictions and limitations on activities that impact the environment, such as emission of air pollutants as well as soil and ground water contaminants. Increasingly, strict restrictions and limitations have resulted in higher operating costs for us and it is possible that the costs of compliance with such laws and regulations will continue to increase. Our attempts to anticipate future regulatory requirements that might be imposed and our plans to remain in compliance with changing regulations and to minimize the costs of such compliance may not be as effective as we anticipate.

The effects of climate change and the expanding legal and regulatory restrictions intended to address climate change could adversely impact our business and results of operations.

There is increasing concern that a gradual increase in global average temperatures due to increased concentration of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases in the atmosphere could cause significant changes in weather patterns and an increase in the frequency, duration, and severity of natural disasters. Such climate change may impair our production capabilities, disrupt our supply chain, or impact demand for our products. Growing concern over climate change also may result in additional legal or regulatory requirements designed to reduce or mitigate the effects of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gas emissions on the environment. Broad rules and regulations have been proposed by the SEC for adoption in 2023 requiring increased climate change-related disclosure in future filings, which may require us to incur significant compliance costs and could increase liability and reputational risks. Additionally, drought conditions or water management initiatives may lead to municipal ordinances related to water use restrictions, and such restrictions could result in decreased pool installations and negatively impact our sales. Further, increased energy or compliance costs and expenses as a result thereof may cause disruptions in, or an increase in the costs associated with, the manufacturing and distribution of our products.

The impacts of climate change and legal or regulatory initiatives to address climate change could have a long-term adverse impact on our business and results of operations. If we fail to achieve or improperly report on our progress

21

Table of Contents

toward achieving our goals and commitments to reduce our carbon footprint or in environmental and sustainability programs and initiatives, the results could have an adverse impact on our business and results of operations.

We depend on third parties for transportation services to some extent, and the lack of availability of and/or increases in the cost of transportation could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our business depends on the transportation of both finished goods to our customers and the transportation of raw materials to us primarily through the use of flatbed trucks and rail transportation. We rely partially on third parties for transportation of these items. The availability of these transportation services is subject to various risks, some of which we have recently incurred due to macroeconomic and inflationary conditions, including those associated with supply shortages, change in fuel prices, work stoppages, operating hazards, and interstate transportation regulations. In particular, a significant portion of our finished goods is transported by flatbed trucks, which are occasionally in high demand (especially at the end of calendar quarters) and/or subject to price fluctuations based on market conditions and the price of fuel.

If the required supply of transportation services is unavailable when needed, we may be unable to sell our products when they are requested by our customers. In that event, we may be required to reduce the price of the affected products, seek alternative and, potentially more costly, transportation services or be unable to sell the affected products. Similarly, if any of these transportation providers were unavailable to deliver raw materials to us in a timely manner, we may be unable to manufacture our products in response to customer demand. In addition, a significant increase in transportation rates or fuel surcharges could adversely affect our profitability. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our business operations could suffer if we fail to protect adequately our intellectual property rights, and we may experience claims by third parties that we are violating their intellectual property rights.

We rely on trademark and service market protection to protect our brands and we have registered or applied to register many of these trademarks and services marks. In the event that our trademarks or service marks are successfully challenged and we lose the rights to use those trademarks or service marks, or if we fail to prevent others from using them (or similar marks), we could be forced to rebrand our products, requiring us to devote resources to advertising and marketing new brands. In addition, we cannot be sure that any pending trademark or service mark applications will be granted or will not be challenged or opposed by third parties.

We generally rely on a combination of unpatented proprietary know-how and trade secrets and, to a lesser extent, patents to preserve our position in the market. Because of the importance of our proprietary know-how and trade secrets, we employ various methods to protect our intellectual property, such as entering into confidentiality agreements with third parties, and controlling access to, and distribution of, our proprietary information. We may not be able to deter current and former employees, contractors and other parties from breaching confidentiality obligations and misappropriating proprietary information. It is difficult for us to monitor unauthorized uses of our products and technology. Accordingly, these protections may not be adequate to prevent competitors from copying, imitating or reverse engineering our products or from developing and marketing products that are substantially equivalent to or superior to our own.

In addition, we have applied for patent protection relating to certain products, processes and services or aspects thereof. We cannot be sure that any of our pending patent applications will be granted or that any patents issued as a result of our patent applications will be of sufficient scope or strength to provide us with any meaningful protection or commercial advantage.

Moreover, since our patents, trademarks and service marks are primarily registered in the United States and Canada, we may not be successful in asserting patent or trademark protection in other countries.

If third parties take actions that affect our rights or the value of our intellectual property or proprietary rights, or if we are unable to protect our intellectual property from infringement or misappropriation, other companies may be able to offer competitive products at lower prices, and we may not be able to effectively compete against these companies. In

22

Table of Contents

addition, if any third party copies or imitates our products in a manner that affects customer or consumer perception of the quality of our products, or of engineered products generally, our reputation and sales could suffer whether or not these violate our intellectual property rights.

In addition, we face the risk of claims that we are infringing third parties’ intellectual property rights. Any such claim, even if it is without merit, could be expensive and time-consuming to defend and could divert the time and attention of our management. An intellectual property claim against us that is successful could cause us to cease making or selling products that incorporate the disputed intellectual property, require us to redesign our products, which may not be feasible or cost effective, and require us to enter into costly royalty or licensing arrangements, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

21

Table of Contents

If we are unable to continue to enhance existing products and/or technology and develop and market, including via our digital marketing strategy, new or enhanced products that respond to customer needs and preferences, we may experience a decrease in demand for our products and our business could suffer.

We seek to generate net sales growth through enhancement of existing products and development of new products and through digital strategies and marketing. We may not be able to compete as effectively with our competitors, and ultimately satisfy the needs and preferences of our customers, unless we can continue to enhance existing products and technologies and develop new innovative products and marketing strategies for the markets in which we compete. Product development requires significant financial, technological, and other resources. Product improvements and new product introductions also require significant research, planning, design, development, engineering, and testing at the technological, product, and manufacturing process levels, and we may not be able to timely develop and introduce product improvements or new products. Our competitors’ new products may beat our products to market, be higher quality or more reliable, be more effective with more features and/or less expensive than our products, obtain better market acceptance, or render our products obsolete. Any new products that we develop may not receive market acceptance or otherwise generate any meaningful net sales or profits for us relative to our expectations based on, among other things, existing and anticipated investments in manufacturing capacity and commitments to fund advertising, marketing, promotional programs, and research and development.

We depend on our ability to attract, develop and retain highly qualified personnel.

Our ability to meet our strategic objectives and otherwise grow our business will depend to a significant extent on the continued contributions of our leadership team. Our future success will also depend in large part on our ability to identify, attract, and retain other highly qualified managerial, technical, sales and marketing, operations, and customer service personnel. Competition for these individuals in our manufacturing markets is intense and supply is limited. Since we operate in a competitive labor market, there is a risk that market increases in compensation could have an adverse effect on our business. We may not succeed in identifying, attracting, or retaining qualified personnel on a cost-effective basis. The loss or interruption of services of any of our key personnel, inability to identify, attract, or retain qualified personnel in the future, delays in hiring qualified personnel, or any employee work slowdowns, strikes, or similar actions could make it difficult for us to conduct and manage our business and meet key objectives, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We conduct business internationally, which exposes us to additional risks.

Our ability to successfully conduct operations in, and source products and materials from, international markets is affected by many of the same risks we face in our U.S. operations, as well as unique costs and difficulties of managing international operations. Our international operations, which accounted for 22.0%19.7% of our net sales in 2021,2022 and a significant portion of our purchased supplies, expose us to certain additional risks, including:

difficulty in staffing international subsidiary operations and increased costs of managing international operations;
different political, economic, and regulatory conditions;
local laws and customs;
violations of anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws, such as the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;
violations of economic sanctions laws, such as the regulations enforced by the U.S. Department of The Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control;
tariffs and other import/export trade restrictions;
currency fluctuations;
limitations on our ability to enforce legal rights and remedies with third parties or partners outside the United States;

22

Table of Contents

foreign investment and cash repatriation regulations;
adverse tax consequences; and
dependence on other economies.

For foreign-sourced products, we may be subject to certain trade restrictions that would prevent us from obtaining products. There is also a greater risk that we may not be able to access products in a timely and efficient manner. Fluctuations in other factors relating to international trade, such as tariffs, transportation costs and inflation are additional risks for our international operations. Our failure to manage any of these risks could adversely affect our international operations and our financial results.

23

Table of Contents

We rely on information technology systems to support our business operations. A significant disturbance or breach of our technological infrastructure could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, failure to maintain the security of confidential information could damage our reputation and expose us to litigation.

Information technology supports several aspects of our business, including among others, product sourcing, pricing, customer service, transaction processing, financial reporting, collections, and cost management. Our ability to operate effectively on a day-to-day basis and accurately report our financial and operating results depends on a solid technological infrastructure, which is inherently susceptible to internal and external threats. We are vulnerable to interruption by fire, natural disasters, power loss, telecommunication failures, internet failures, security breaches and other catastrophic events.

Exposure to various types of cyber-attacks such as malware, computer viruses, worms or other malicious acts, as well as human error, also could also potentially disrupt our operations or result in a significant interruption in the delivery of our goods and services. As with most companies, we have experienced cyber-attacks, attempts to breach our systems and other similar incidents, none of which were material to our operations or financial results in 2022. It is possible that cyber attackers might compromise our security measures and obtain the personal and/or confidential information of the customers, employees, and suppliers that we hold or our business information. Cyber-attacks are rapidly evolving and those threats and the means for obtaining access to information in digital and other storage media are becoming increasingly sophisticated and may not immediately produce signs of intrusion. Moreover, such cyber-attacks may disrupt access to our and/or our suppliers’ networks and systems. Such disruptions could result in delays or cancellations of customer orders or delays or interruptions in the shipment of orders. In addition, cyber-attacks may cause us to incur significant remediation costs, result in delays, disruptions to key business operations, or divert attention of management and key information technology resources. With more employees working remotely, there may be increased opportunities for unauthorized access and cyber-attacks. Further, the United States government has warned of the potential risk of Russian cyber-attacks stemming from the ongoing Russian-Ukraine conflict. These cyber-incidents could also subject us to liability, expose us to significant expense, and cause significant harm to our reputation and our business.

Third-party service providers, such as distributors, subcontractors, vendors, and data processors have access to certain portions of our data. In the event that these service providers do not appropriately protect our data, the result could be a security breach or loss of our data. Any such loss of data by our third-party service providers could have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations. Moreover, an employee, contractor or third party with whom we work or to whom we outsource business operations may fail to monitor their or our systems effectively, may fail to maintain appropriate safeguards, may misuse the personal and/or confidential information to which they have access, may attempt to circumvent our security measures, may purposefully or inadvertently allow unauthorized access to our or their systems or to personal and/or confidential information or may otherwise disrupt our business operations. We and our customers could suffer harm if valuable business data or employee, customer and other proprietary information were corrupted, lost, or accessed or misappropriated by third parties due to a security failure in our systems or those of our suppliers or service providers. It could require significant expenditures to remediate any such failure or breach, severely damage our reputation and our relationships with customers, result in unwanted media attention and lost sales and expose us to risks of litigation and liability.

Advances in computer and software capabilities, encryption technology and other discoveries increase the complexity of our technological environment, including how each interact with our various software platforms. Such advances could delay or hinder our ability to process transactions or could compromise the integrity of our data, resulting in a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. We also may experience occasional system interruptions and delays that make our information systems unavailable or slow to respond, including the interaction of our information systems with those of third parties. A lack of sophistication or reliability of our information systems could adversely impact our operations and customer service and could require major repairs or replacements, resulting in significant costs and foregone sales.

In addition, we may not have the necessary resources to enhance existing information systems or implement new systems where necessary to handle our growth and changing needs, and may experience unanticipated delays,

24

Table of Contents

complications and expenses in implementing and integrating our systems. Any interruptions in operations would adversely affect our ability to properly allocate resources and deliver our products, which could result in customer dissatisfaction. The failure to successfully implement and maintain information systems could have an adverse effect on our ability to obtain new business, retain existing business and maintain or increase our sales and profit margins.

23

Table of Contents

We process, store, and use personal information and other data, which subjects us to governmental regulation and other legal obligations related to privacy, and violation of these privacy obligations could result in a claim for damages, regulatory action, loss of business, or unfavorable publicity.

We receive, store and process personal information and other customer information, or personal information and other data from and about our customers, prospective customers, our employees, applicants for employment and other individuals with whom we do business. There are numerous laws, as well as regulations and industry guidelines, regarding privacy and the storing, use, processing, and disclosure and protection of personal information, the scope of which are changing, subject to differing interpretations, and may be inconsistent among countries or conflict with other rules. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act ("CCPA"), which became effective on January 1, 2020, established a new privacy framework for covered businesses. In November 2021, California voters passed Proposition 24, also known as the California Privacy Rights Act ("CPRA"), which amends and expands the CCPA effective January 1, 2023. The CCPA and CPRA provide new and enhanced data privacy rights to California residents, such as giving California consumers and employees the right to access and/or delete their personal information, affording consumers and employees the right to opt out of certain sales of personal information as well as sharing for cross context behavioral advertising, and prohibiting covered businesses from discriminating against consumers (e.g., charging more for services) for exercising any of their CCPA/CPRA rights. The CPRA bolstered the requirements for agreements that cover the exchange of data and established the California Privacy Protection Agency, which is responsible for enforcement activities, rulemaking, and public awareness related to privacy and data protection. Additionally, laws, regulations, and standards covering marketing and advertising activities conducted by telephone, email, mobile devices, and the internet, may be applicable to our business, such as the Telephone Consumer Protection Act and the Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography And Marketing Act, and similar state consumer protection laws.

We generally seek to comply with industry standards and are subject to the terms of our own privacy policies and privacy-related obligations to third parties. We strive to comply with all applicable laws, policies, legal obligations, and industry codes of conduct relating to privacy and data protection to the extent possible. However, it is possible that these obligations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules or regulations, making enforcement, and thus compliance requirements, ambiguous, uncertain, and potentially inconsistent. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with our privacy policies, privacy-related obligations to customers or other third parties, or our privacy-related legal obligations, or any compromise of security that results in the unauthorized access to or unintended release of personally identifiable information or other customer data, may result in governmental enforcement actions, litigation, or public statements against us by consumer advocacy groups or others. Any of these events could cause us to incur significant costs in investigating and defending such claims and, if found liable, pay significant damages. Further, these proceedings and any subsequent adverse outcomes may cause our customers to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business.

We also expect that there will continue to be new laws, regulations and industry standards concerning privacy, data protection and information security proposed and enacted in various jurisdictions. The United States, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, the European Union, the United Kingdom and other countries in which we operate are increasingly adopting or revising privacy, information security and data protection laws and regulations that could have a significant impact on our current and planned privacy, data protection and information security-related practices, our collection, use, sharing, retention and safeguarding of customer, consumer and/or employee information, as well as any other third-party information we receive, and some of our current or planned business activities. Any significant change to applicable laws, regulations or industry practices regarding the use or disclosure of personal information could result in increased compliance costs.

Any of the foregoing could materially adversely affect our brand, reputation, business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our insurance coverage may be inadequate to protect against the potential hazards inherent to our business.

We maintain property, business interruption, product liability and casualty insurance coverage, but such insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential claims, including losses resulting from interruptions in our production capability or product liability claims relating to the products we manufacture. Premiums and deductibles for some of our insurance policies have been increasing and may, in the future, increase substantially. In some instances, some types of insurance may become available only for reduced amounts of coverage, if at all. Our insurers could also deny coverage for claims. In addition, we self-insure health benefits, and although we have stop-loss policy in place to limit exposure, we may be adversely impacted by unfavorable claims experience. If the number or severity of health claims increases, or we are required to accrue or pay additional amounts because the claims prove to be more severe than our original assessment, our operating results would be adversely affected. Our future health claims expense might exceed historical levels, which could reduce our earnings. If we were to incur a significant liability for which we were not fully insured or that our insurers disputed or for which we self-insure, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

2425

Table of Contents

An interruption of our production capability at one or more of our manufacturing facilities from accident, calamity or other causes, or events affecting the global economy, could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We manufacture our products at a limited number of manufacturing facilities, and shifting production rapidly to another facility in the event of a loss of one of or a portion of one of our manufacturing facilities could lead to increased costs. A temporary or permanent loss of the use of one or more of our manufacturing facilities due to accidents, fire (such as the fire at our Texas facility in April 2022 that resulted in a total loss of the manufacturing facility), explosions, labor issues, tornadoes, other weather conditions, natural disasters, condemnation, cancellation or non-renewals of leases, terrorist attacks or other acts of violence or war or otherwise could have a material adverse effect on our operating costs. An interruption in our production capabilities could also require us to make substantial capital expenditures to replace damaged or destroyed facilities or equipment. Any of these events could result in substantial repair costs and higher operating costs.

If we are unable to continue to enhance existing products and/or technology and develop and market, including via our digital marketing strategy, new or enhanced products that respond to customer needs and preferences, we may experience a decrease in demand for our products and our business could suffer.

We seek to generate net sales growth through enhancement of existing products and development of new products and through digital strategies and marketing. We may not be able to compete as effectively with our competitors, and ultimately satisfy the needs and preferences of our customers, unless we can continue to enhance existing products and technologies and develop new innovative products and marketing strategies for the markets in which we compete. Product development requires significant financial, technological, and other resources. Product improvements and new product introductions also require significant research, planning, design, development, engineering, and testing at the technological, product, and manufacturing process levels, and we may not be able to timely develop and introduce product improvements or new products. Our competitors’ new products may beat our products to market, be higher quality or more reliable, be more effective with more features and/or less expensive than our products, obtain better market acceptance, or render our products obsolete. Any new products that we develop may not receive market acceptance or otherwise generate any meaningful net sales or profits for us relative to our expectations based on, among other things, existing and anticipated investments in manufacturing capacity and commitments to fund advertising, marketing, promotional programs, and research and development.

Our growth in part has been due to strategic acquisitions and partnerships, and we continuously evaluate and may in the future enter into additional strategic transactions. Any such transaction could happen at any time, be material to our business and take any number of forms, including, for example, an acquisition, merger, sale of certain of our assets, refinancing, or other recapitalization or material strategic transaction. Evaluating potential transactions and integrating completed ones may divert the attention of our management from ordinary operating matters.

Our growth in part has been due to strategic acquisitions and partnerships, and such strategic transactions continue to be part of our growth plan in the future. The success of potential acquisitions or mergers will depend, in part, on our ability to realize the anticipated growth opportunities and cost synergies through the successful integration of the businesses we acquire with our existing business, including the acquisitions of Radiant in November 2021 and GLI in October 2020 and the purchase of a 28% equity interestinterests in Premier Pools & Spas in October 2020 (which was reduced in connection with a partial sale to 20.1% on August 6, 2021). On December 17, 2021, Premier Pools & Spas issued additional non-voting common units. Our(our ownership interest in Premier Pools & Spas after the issuance of additional non-voting common units is 18.2% whileand our voting interest remainsis 20.1%). Even if we are successful in integrating acquired businesses, these integrations may not result in the realization of the full benefit of any anticipated growth opportunities or cost synergies or that these benefits will be realized within the expected time frames. We may have difficulty implementing systems of internal controls in acquired businesses or equity investees that may not have such systems in place, or merging different accounting and financial reporting systems with ours. In addition, acquired businesses may have unanticipated liabilities or contingencies.

We may, from time to time, consider disposing of assets. We may not be able to dispose of any such assets on terms that are attractive to us, or at all, which could materially adversely impact our financial condition or results of operation. In addition, to the extent we consummate an agreement for the sale and disposition of an asset or asset group,

26

Table of Contents

we may experience operational difficulties segregating them from our retained assets and operations, which could impact the execution or timing for such dispositions and could result in disruptions to our operations and/or claims for damages, among other things.

If we complete an acquisition, merger, sale of certain assets, refinancing, recapitalization, or material strategic transaction, we may require additional financing that could result in an increase in the aggregate amount and/or cost of our debt. The aggregate principal amount of our debt that we may issue may be significant. Moreover, the terms of any debt financing may be expensive.

An interruption of our production capability at one or more of our manufacturing facilities from accident, calamity or other causes, or events affecting the global economy, could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We manufacture our products at a limited number of manufacturing facilities, and shifting production rapidly to another facility in the event of a loss of one of or a portion of one of our manufacturing facilities could lead to increased costs. A temporary or permanent loss of the use of one or more of our manufacturing facilities due to accidents, fire, explosions, labor issues, tornadoes, other weather conditions, natural disasters, condemnation, cancellation or non-renewals of leases, terrorist attacks or other acts of violence or war or otherwise could have a material adverse effect on our operating costs. An interruption in our production capabilities could also require us to make substantial capital expenditures to replace damaged or destroyed facilities or equipment. Any of these events could result in substantial repair costs and higher operating costs.

25

Table of Contents

The nature of our business subjects us to compliance with employment, environmental, health, transportation, safety and other governmental regulations.

We are subject to regulation under federal, state, local and international employment, environmental, health, transportation and safety requirements, which govern such things as the manufacture of fiberglass pools, which is our key product. These laws regulate, among other things, air emissions, the discharge or release of materials into the environment, the handling and disposal of wastes, remediation of contaminated sites, worker health and safety and the impact of products on human health and safety and the environment. These laws also require us to obtain and maintain certificates, registrations, licenses, permits, and other regulatory approvals in order to conduct regulated activities, including the construction and operation of our facilities. Our products must also comply with local, state and international building codes and safety rules and regulations.

Failure to comply with these laws and regulations by us, our employees, our dealers and distributors and other business partners, including failure to obtain and maintain all required certificates, registrations, licenses, permits, and other regulatory approvals, may result in investigations, the assessment of administrative, civil and criminal fines, damages, delays, seizures, disgorgements, penalties or the imposition of injunctive relief. In particular, spills or other releases of regulated substances could expose us to material losses, expenditures and liabilities under applicable environmental laws and regulations. Under certain of such laws and regulations, we could be subject to strict, joint and several liability for the removal or remediation of previously released materials or property contamination, regardless of whether we were responsible for the release or contamination and even if our operations met previous standards in the industry at the time they were conducted. Moreover, compliance with such laws and regulations in the future could prove to be costly. Although we presently do not expect to incur any capital or other expenditures relating to regulatory matters in amounts that may be material to us, we may be required to make such expenditures in the future. These laws and regulations have changed substantially and rapidly and we anticipate that there will be continuing changes.

The clear trend in environmental, health, transportation and safety regulations is to place more restrictions and limitations on activities that impact the environment, such as emission of air pollutants. Increasingly, strict restrictions and limitations have resulted in higher operating costs for us and it is possible that the costs of compliance with such laws and regulations will continue to increase. Our attempts to anticipate future regulatory requirements that might be imposed and our plans to remain in compliance with changing regulations and to minimize the costs of such compliance may not be as effective as we anticipate.

Risks Related to Our Industry

We face competition both from within our industry and from other outdoor living products and if we are not able to compete effectively, our prospects for future success will be jeopardized.

Within our industry, we directly compete against various regional and local pool manufacturing companies. Outside of our industry, we compete indirectly with alternative suppliers of big ticket consumer discretionary outdoor living products, such as decks and patios, and with other companies who rely on discretionary homeowner expenditures, such as home remodelers. Given the density and demand for pools, some geographic markets that we serve tend to have a higher concentration of competitors than others, particularly California, Texas, Florida and Arizona and Australia. In addition, new competitors may emerge.

If one or more of our competitors were to merge, the change in the competitive landscape could adversely affect our competitive position. Consolidation by industry participants could increase their resources and result in competitors with expanded market share, larger customer bases, greater diversified product offerings and greater technological and marketing expertise, which may allow them to compete more effectively against us. In addition, our competitors may develop products that are superior to our products (on a price-to-value basis or otherwise) or may adapt more quickly to new technologies or evolving customer requirements. If we do not compete effectively, our net sales, margins, and profitability and our future prospects for success may be harmed.

26

Table of Contents

Changes in trade policies, including the imposition of tariffs, could negatively impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The current U.S. administration has signaled support for, and in some instances has taken action with respect to, major changes to certain trade policies, such as the imposition of tariffs on imported products and the withdrawal from or renegotiation of certain trade agreements, including the North American Free Trade Agreement. For example, the United States has increased tariffs on certain imports from China, as well as on steel and aluminum products imported from various countries. More specifically, in March 2018, the United States imposed a 25% tariff on steel imports pursuant to Section 301 of the Trade Act of 1974 and has imposed additional tariffs on steel imports pursuant to Section 232 of the Trade Expansion Act of 1962. These tariffs could result in interruptions in the supply chain and impact costs and our gross margins. We procure certain raw materials we use in the manufacturing of our products directly or indirectly from outside of the United States. The imposition of tariffs and other potential changes in U.S. trade policy could increase the cost or limit the availability of raw materials, which could hurt our competitive position and adversely impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations. If we are unable to pass price increases on to our customer base or otherwise mitigate the costs, our operating results could be materially adversely affected.

Our insurance coverage may be inadequate to protect against the potential hazards inherent to our business.

We maintain property, business interruption, product liability and casualty insurance coverage, but such insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential claims, including losses resulting from interruptions in our production capability or product liability claims relating to the products we manufacture. Premiums and deductibles for some of our insurance policies have been increasing and may, in the future, increase substantially. In some instances, some types of insurance may become available only for reduced amounts of coverage, if at all. Our insurers could also deny coverage for claims. In addition, we self-insure health benefits, and although we have a stop-loss policy in place to limit exposure, we may be adversely impacted by unfavorable claims experience. If the number or severity of health claims increases, or we are required to accrue or pay additional amounts because the claims prove to be more severe than our original assessment, our operating results would be adversely affected. Our future health claims expense might exceed historical levels, which could reduce our earnings. If we were to incur a significant liability for which we were not fully insured or that our insurers disputed or for which we self-insure, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition.

We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of December 31, 2021,2022, we have $284.0$322.6 million face value of indebtedness in the form of the AmendedNew Term Loan outstanding under the Credit Agreement and $30.0 million of availability under the Revolving Credit Facility under the Credit Agreement (each as defined below). On February 23, 2022, we entered into the New Credit Agreement (as defined below) and used proceeds under the New Credit Agreement to repay and replace $294.0 million under, and terminate, the Credit Agreement and for general corporate purposes. As of February 23, 2022, we have $325.0 million face value of indebtedness in the form of a term loan outstanding under the New Credit Agreement $10.0 million of indebtedness in the form of borrowings under the New Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below) and $65.0$75.0 million of availability under the New Revolving Credit Facility under the New Credit Agreement.Agreement (each as defined below). Our obligations under the New Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of our and our subsidiaries’ assets. Subject to the limits contained in the New Credit Agreement, we may be able to incur substantial additional debt from time to time to finance capital expenditures, investments, acquisitions, or for other purposes. If we do incur substantial

27

Table of Contents

additional debt, the risks related to our high level of debt could intensify. Specifically, our high level of indebtedness could have important consequences, including:

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund capital expenditures, investments, acquisitions or other general corporate requirements;
requiring a substantial portion of our cash flow to be dedicated to payments to service our indebtedness instead of other purposes, thereby reducing the amount of cash flow available for capital expenditures, investments, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;
increasing our vulnerability to and the potential impact of adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions;
limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in the industry in which we compete;
placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors or competitors with comparable debt at more favorable interest rates; and
increasing our costs of borrowing.

27

Table of Contents

In addition, the financial and other covenants we agreed to in the New Credit Agreement may limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness, make investments, and engage in other transactions, and the leverage may cause potential lenders to be less willing to loan funds to us in the future. Our business and operations may consume resources faster than we anticipate. In the future, we may need to raise additional funds through the issuance of new equity securities, debt, or a combination of both. Additional financing may not be available on favorable terms or at all. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to fund our capital requirements.

We may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our significant debt service obligations, which would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to make principal and interest payments on and to refinance our indebtedness will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory, and other factors that are beyond our control. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operations, in the amounts projected or at all, or if future borrowings are not available to us in amounts sufficient to fund our other liquidity needs, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to make scheduled principal amortization and interest payments on our debt obligations in the future, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity, sell assets, delay capital expenditures, or seek additional equity investments. If we are unable to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all or to effect any other action relating to our indebtedness on satisfactory terms or at all, our business may be harmed.

Our New Credit Agreement has restrictive terms and our failure to comply with any of these terms could put us in default, which would have an adverse effect on our business and prospects.

Unless and until we repay all outstanding borrowings under our New Credit Agreement we will remain subject to the restrictive terms of these borrowings. The New Credit Agreement contains a number of covenants, including a financial covenant that requires us to maintain a certain first lien net leverage ratio if the outstanding usage under the New Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below) exceeds 40% of the commitments under the New Revolving Credit Facility, tested quarterly. These covenants limit the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to, among other things:

sell assets;
engage in mergers, acquisitions, and other business combinations;

28

Table of Contents

declare dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock;
incur, assume, or permit to exist additional indebtedness or guarantees;
make loans and investments;
incur liens; and
enter into transactions with affiliates.

Our ability to satisfy the financial ratio can be affected by events beyond our control, and we may not satisfy such a test. A breach of covenants could result in a default under the New Credit Agreement. By reason of cross-acceleration or cross-default provisions, other indebtedness may then become immediately due and payable. Our assets or cash flows may not be sufficient to fully repay borrowings under our outstanding debt instruments if accelerated upon an event of default. If amounts owed under the New Credit Agreement are accelerated because of a default and we are unable to pay such amounts, the investors may have the right to assume control of substantially all of the assets securing the New Credit Agreement.

28

Table of Contents

No assurance can be given that any refinancing or additional financing will be possible when needed or that we will be able to negotiate acceptable terms. In addition, our access to capital is affected by prevailing conditions in the financial and capital markets and other factors beyond our control. There can be no assurance that market conditions will be favorable at the times that we require new or additional financing. In addition, the New Credit Agreement contains restrictive covenants that limit our subsidiaries from making dividend payments, loans, or advances to the Company, unless certain conditions are met. Our failure to comply with such covenants may result in default, which could result in the acceleration of all our debt.

Our indebtedness is variable rate, subjecting us to interest rate risk, which could cause our indebtedness service obligations to increase significantly.

Borrowings under the New Credit Agreement accrue interest at variable rates and expose us to interest rate risk. Interest rates may fluctuate in the future. As a result, although we hedged most of our interest rate exposure under the New Credit Agreement, interest rates on the New Credit Agreement or other variable rate debt obligations could be higher or lower than current levels. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on our variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, would correspondingly decrease.

Developments with respect to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) may affect our borrowings under our debt facilities.

In July 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), announced that it will no longer persuade or compel banks to submit LIBOR rates after 2021. At the end of 2021, the ICE Benchmark Administration, the administrator for LIBOR, ceased publishing one-week and two-month U.S. dollar LIBOR and will cease publishing all remaining U.S. dollar LIBOR tenors in mid-2023. Concurrently, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority announced the cessation or loss of representativeness of the U.S. dollar LIBOR tenors from those dates. The U.S. Federal Reserve, in conjunction with the Alternative Reference Rates Committee, a steering committee comprised of, among other entities, large U.S. financial institutions, has recommended replacing U.S. dollar LIBOR with a new index that measures the cost of borrowing cash overnight, backed by U.S. Treasury securities (“SOFR”). SOFR is observed and backward-looking, which stands in contrast with LIBOR under the current methodology, which is an estimated forward-looking rate and relies, to some degree, on the expert judgment of submitting panel members. While we continue to monitor market developments to assess replacement rate options, the consequences of these developments with respect to LIBOR cannot be entirely predicted and may result in the level of interest payments on the portion of our indebtedness that bears interest at variable rates to be affected, which may adversely impact the amount of our interest payments under such debt.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

Our stock price may behas been volatile, and you may not be able to resell our common stock at or above the price you paid.

OurSince our IPO in April 2021, our stock price has been highly volatile. Such volatility may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuationscontinue in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

a slowdown in the housing market or the general economy;
U.S. and international regulatory, political, and economic factors unrelated to our performance;
market conditions in the broader stock market, including in relation to the COVID-19 pandemic;market;
actual or anticipated quarterly or annual variations in our results of operations from those of our competitors;

29

Table of Contents

actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;
changes in net sales or earnings estimates, or changes in recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage, by equity research analysts;
fluctuations in the values of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;
competition from existing technologies and products or new technologies and products that may emerge;
developments with respect to intellectual property rights;
sales, or the anticipation of sales, of our common stock by us, our insiders or our other stockholders, including upon the expiration of contractual lock-up agreements;impacts if we are no longer a controlled company;
our commencement of, or involvement in, litigation or governmental investigations;
additions or departures of key management or technical personnel;
changes in governmental regulations applicable to the market we serve;
guidance, if any, that we may provide to the public, any changes in this guidance or our failure to meet this guidance;
tax developments;
announcements by us or our competitors of new products or services, significant contracts, commercial relationships, capital commitments or acquisitions;
public response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”);SEC;
default under agreements governing our indebtedness;
exchange rate fluctuations;
other events or factors, including those from natural disasters, war, actorsacts of terrorism or responses to these events; and
the realization of any risks described under this “Risk Factors” section, or other risks that may materialize in the future.

These and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, may cause our operating results and the market price and demand for our common stock to fluctuate substantially. While we believe that operating results for any particular quarter are not necessarily a meaningful indication of future results, fluctuations in our quarterly operating results may negatively affect the market price and liquidity of our stock. In addition, in the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management from our business, which could significantly harm our profitability and reputation.

30

Table of Contents

In addition, the stock markets, and the market for growth stocks in particular, have from time to time experienced price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating

30

Table of Contents

performance of those companies. Broad market and industry factors may significantly affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. You may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment.

We will continue to incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company and our management will continue to be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives, investor relations and corporate governance practices.

As a public company, we have and will continue to incur significant legal, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses that we have not previously incurred or had experience with as a private company. We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, which require, among other things, that we file with the SEC annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and NASDAQ impose numerous requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting and corporate governance practices. Further, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, the SEC has adopted additional rules and regulations in these areas, such as mandatory “say on pay” voting requirements that will apply to us when we cease to be an emerging growth company. Shareholder activism, the political environment and government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and may impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate. Our management and other personnel may need to devote a substantial amount of time to compliance with these laws and regulations. These requirements have increased and will continue to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs and have made and will continue to make some activities more time consuming and costly. For example, these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or our board committees or as executive officers.

For as long as we remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Under the JOBS Act, “emerging growth companies” can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies.

After we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we expect to incur additional management time and cost to comply with the more stringent reporting requirements applicable to companies that are deemed accelerated filers or large accelerated filers, including complying with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

The increased costs will decrease our net income or increase our net loss, and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our products. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements and appropriately training our employees and management. However, these rules and regulations are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices.

31

Table of Contents

We are an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to such companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act enacted in April 2012, and may remain an “emerging growth company” until December 31, 2026. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer,” our annual gross revenues equals or exceeds an amount specified by regulation (currently $1.07 billion) or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period. For as long as we remain an “emerging growth company,” we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” These exemptions include:

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;
reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and
exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We have taken advantage of reduced reporting burdens in this Annual Report. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, delaying the adoption of these accounting standards until they would apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of this extended transition period and therefore will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile and it may be difficult for us to raise additional capital if and when we need it.

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ rules and, as a result, qualify for and intend to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

The Pamplona Fund and the Wynnchurch Funds continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding voting stock, and as a result we are a controlled company within the meaning of the NASDAQ corporate governance standards. Under the NASDAQ rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by another person or group of persons acting together is a controlled company and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that:

a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;
the nominating and corporate governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;
the compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and
there be an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.

32

Table of Contents

We intend to utilize these exemptions as long as we remain a controlled company. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of NASDAQ. After we cease to be a “controlled company,” we will be required to comply with the above referenced requirements within one year.

Our Principal Stockholders continue to have significant influence over us, including control over decisions that require the approval of stockholders, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of matters submitted to stockholders for a vote.

Pamplona Capital Partners V, L.P., an investment fund (the “Pamplona Fund”) managed by affiliates of Pamplona Capital Management, LLC (together with its respective subsidiaries and affiliates, “Pamplona”) and Wynnchurch Capital Partners IV, L.P. (“Wynnchurch IV”) and WC Partners Executive IV, L. P. (“WC Executive”) (collectively, the “Wynnchurch Funds”) managed by affiliates of Wynnchurch Capital, L.P. (together with its respective subsidiaries and affiliates, “Wynnchurch”) are currently our majority stockholders (the “Principal Stockholders”). Affiliates of our Principal Stockholders together own approximately 55.9%47.0% of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of March 1, 2022.2, 2023. As long as affiliates of our Principal Stockholders own or control a majority of our outstanding voting power, our Principal Stockholders and their affiliates will have the ability to exercise substantial control over all corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, irrespective of how our other stockholders may vote, including:

the election and removal of directors and the size of our board of directors;
any amendment of our articles of incorporation or bylaws; or
the approval of mergers and other significant corporate transactions, including a sale of substantially all of our assets.

In addition, our Principal Stockholders havePamplona has certain board nomination rights that will enable themit to exercise substantial control over all corporate actions. Pamplona has the right to nominate to our board of directors a number of designees on a sliding scale depending on Pamplona’s affiliates’ ownership of our common stock, ranging from Pamplona being able to nominate at least a majority of the total number of directors so long as its affiliates beneficially own at least 50% of the shares of our common stock to Pamplona being able to nominate at least 10% of the total number of directors as long as its affiliates beneficially own at least 5%. For so long as Wynnchurch owns at least 5% of our common stock, Wynnchurch will have the right to appoint one director.

Moreover, ownership of our shares by affiliates of our Principal Stockholders may also adversely affect the trading price for our common stock to the extent investors perceive disadvantages in owning shares of a company with a

31

Table of Contents

controlling shareholder. For example, the concentration of ownership held by our Principal Stockholders could delay, defer, or prevent a change in control of our company or impede a merger, takeover, or other business combination which may otherwise be favorable for us. In addition, our Principal Stockholders are in the business of making investments in companies and may, from time to time, acquire interests in businesses that directly or indirectly compete with our business, as well as businesses that are significant existing or potential customers. Many of the companies in which our Principal Stockholders invest are franchisors and may compete with us for access to suitable locations, experienced management, and qualified and well-capitalized franchisees. Our Principal Stockholders may acquire or seek to acquire assets complementary to our business that we seek to acquire and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us or may be more expensive for us to pursue, and as a result, the interests of our Principal Stockholders may not coincide with the interests of our other stockholders. So long as our Principal Stockholders continue to directly or indirectly own a significant amount of our equity, even if such amount is less than 50%, our Principal Stockholders will continue to be able to substantially influence or effectively control our ability to enter into corporate transactions.

33

Table of Contents

Our organizational documents and Delaware law may impede or discourage a takeover, which could deprive our investors of the opportunity to receive a premium on their shares.

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may make it more difficult for, or prevent a third party from, acquiring control of us without the approval of our board of directors. These provisions include:

providing that our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with each class of directors serving staggered three-year terms;
providing for the removal of directors only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, if less than a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock is beneficially owned by our Principal Stockholders;
empowering only the board to fill any vacancy on our board of directors (other than in respect of our Principal Stockholders’ directors (as defined below)), whether such vacancy occurs as a result of an increase in the number of directors or otherwise, if less than a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock is beneficially owned by our Principal Stockholders;
authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock without any need for action by stockholders;
prohibiting stockholders from acting by written consent if less than a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock is beneficially owned by our Principal Stockholders;
to the extent permitted by law, prohibiting stockholders from calling a special meeting of stockholders if less than a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock is beneficially owned by our Principal Stockholders; and
establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted on by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

Additionally, our certificate of incorporation provides that we are not governed by Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), which, in the absence of such provisions, would have imposed additional requirements regarding mergers and other business combinations. However, our certificate of incorporation includes a provision that restricts us from engaging in any business combination with an interested stockholder for three years following the date that person becomes an interested stockholder, but such restrictions shall not apply to any business combination between our Principal Stockholders and any affiliate thereof or their direct and indirect transferees, on the one hand, and us, on the other.

32

Table of Contents

Any issuance by us of preferred stock could delay or prevent a change in control of us. Our board of directors has the authority to cause us to issue, without any further vote or action by the stockholders, shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, in one or more series, to designate the number of shares constituting any series, and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption, redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of such series. The issuance of shares of our preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in control without further action by the stockholders, even where stockholders are offered a premium for their shares.

34

Table of Contents

In addition, as long as our Principal Stockholders beneficially own at least a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, our Principal Stockholders will be able to control all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, amendment of our certificate of incorporation and certain corporate transactions. Together, these certificate of incorporation, bylaw and statutory provisions could make the removal of management more difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our common stock. Furthermore, the existence of the foregoing provisions, as well as the significant common stock beneficially owned by our Principal Stockholders and their right to nominate a specified number of directors in certain circumstances, could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. They could also deter potential acquirers of us, thereby reducing the likelihood that you could receive a premium for your common stock in an acquisition.

Our certificate of incorporation contains a provision renouncing our interest and expectancy in certain corporate opportunities.

Under our certificate of incorporation, none of our Principal Stockholders, any affiliates of our Principal Stockholders, or any of their respective officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, or partners, have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities, similar business activities, or lines of business in which we operate. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no officer or director of ours who is also an officer, director, employee, managing director or other affiliate of our Principal Stockholders will be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of the fact that any such individual directs a corporate opportunity to any Principal Stockholder, instead of us, or does not communicate information regarding a corporate opportunity to us that the officer, director, employee, managing director, or other affiliate has directed to a Principal Stockholder. For instance, a director of our company who also serves as a director, officer, or employee of one of our Principal Stockholders or any of their portfolio companies, funds, or other affiliates may pursue certain acquisitions or other opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, such acquisition or other opportunities may not be available to us. Our board of directors consists of nine members, six of whom are our Principal Stockholders’ directors. These potential conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or prospects if attractive corporate opportunities are allocated by one of our Principal Stockholders to itself or its affiliated funds, the portfolio companies owned by such funds or any affiliates of a Principal Stockholder instead of to us. A description of our obligations related to corporate opportunities under our certificate of incorporation are more fully described in “Description of Capital Stock — Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Certain Provisions of Delaware Law — Conflicts of Interest.”

Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited.

Our business and operations may consume resources faster than we anticipate. In the future, we may need to raise additional funds through the issuance of new equity securities, debt or a combination of both. Additional financing may not be available on favorable terms or at all. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to fund our capital requirements. If we issue debt securities, the debt holders would have rights senior to holders of our common stock to make claims on our assets and the terms of any debt could restrict our operations, including our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. If we issue additional equity securities or securities convertible into equity securities, existing stockholders will experience dilution and the new equity securities could have rights senior to those of our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, you bear the risk of our future securities offerings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting your interest.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

As a public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the rules and regulations of NASDAQ. The requirements of these rules and regulations have increased and may continue to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming and costly and place significant strain on our personnel, systems and resources.

35

Table of Contents

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures over financial reporting. We are continuing to develop and refine our disclosure controls, internal control over financial reporting and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we will file with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and that information required to be disclosed in reports under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our principal executive and financial officers.

Our current controls and any new controls we develop may become inadequate because of growth in our business. Further, weaknesses in our internal controls may be discovered in the future. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls, or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior financial reporting periods. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal controls also could adversely affect the results of periodic management evaluations and annual independent registered public accounting firm attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting that we are required to include in our periodic reports we will file with the SEC under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act once we cease to be an emerging growth company. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial and other information, which would likely have a negative effect on the market price of our stock.

We have expended and anticipate we will continue to expend significant resources, and we expect to provide significant management oversight, to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Any failure to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and could materially impair our ability to operate our business and negatively impact our share price. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on NASDAQ.

We are not currently required to comply with the SEC rules that implement Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and we are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Although we are required to disclose changes made in our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis, we are not required to make our first annual assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC, or for the year ending December 31, 2022. The rules governing management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation. Compliance with these requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time consuming and costly. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until after we are no longer an emerging growth company. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating.

Securities analysts may not publish favorable research or reports about our business or may publish no information at all, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

The trading market for our common stock is influenced to some extent by the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us and our business. We do not control these analysts. As a newly public company, we may be slow to attract research coverage and the analysts who publish information about our common stock may have had relatively little experience with our company, which could affect their ability to accurately forecast our results and could make it more likely that we fail to meet their estimates. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us provide inaccurate or unfavorable research or issue an adverse opinion regarding our stock price, our stock price could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports covering us, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

36

Table of Contents

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends, and accordingly, stockholders must rely on stock appreciation for any return on their investment.

We do not currently anticipate declaring any cash dividends to holders of our common stock. Consequently, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends should not invest in our common stock.

We are a holding company and rely on dividends, distributions and other payments, advances, and transfers of funds from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations.

We are a holding company that does not conduct any business operations of our own. As a result, we are largely dependent upon cash dividends and distributions and other transfers, including for payments in respect of our indebtedness, from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations. The agreements governing the indebtedness of our

33

Table of Contents

subsidiaries impose restrictions on our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends or other distributions to us. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.” Each of our subsidiaries is a distinct legal entity, and under certain circumstances legal and contractual restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash from them and we may be limited in our ability to cause any future joint ventures to distribute their earnings to us. The deterioration of the earnings from, or other available assets of, our subsidiaries for any reason could also limit or impair their ability to pay dividends or other distributions to us.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or of our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim related to or involving the Company that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. However, the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. The forum selection provisions in our certificate of incorporation also provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. We recognize that the forum selection clause in our certificate of incorporation may impose additional litigation costs on stockholders in pursuing any such claims, particularly if the stockholders do not reside in or near the State of Delaware. Additionally, the forum selection clause in our certificate of incorporation may limit our stockholders’ ability to bring a claim in a forum that they find favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees even though an action, if successful, might benefit our stockholders. The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware may also reach different judgments or results than would other courts, including courts where a stockholder considering an action may be located or would otherwise choose to bring the action, and such judgments may be more or less favorable to us than our stockholders.

37

Table of Contents

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to have consented to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above. The choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, and other employees. However, the enforceability of similar forum provisions (including exclusive federal forum provisions for actions, suits or proceedings asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act) in other companies’ organizational documents has been challenged in legal proceedings and there is uncertainty as to whether courts would enforce the exclusive forum provisions in our certificate of incorporation. If a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Future sales, or the perception of future sales, of our common stock may depress the price of our common stock. In addition, a significant portion of our common stock is restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

If we sell, or any of our stockholders sells, a large number of shares of our common stock, or if we issue a large number of shares in connection with future acquisitions, financings or other circumstances, the market price of our common stock could decline significantly. Moreover, the perception in the public market that we or our stockholders might sell shares of our common stock could depress the market price of those shares.

We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our common stock or the effect, if any, that future issuances or sales of our shares will have on the market price of such shares. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including sales by significant stockholders, and shares issued in connection with any additional acquisition, may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock. Possible sales also may make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price we deem necessary or appropriate.

As of December 31, 2021, we have 119,445,611 shares of common stock outstanding, 822,886 options outstanding, which are exercisable into approximately 822,886 shares of common stock, and 278,591 of restricted stock units outstanding which will result in the issuance of 278,591 shares of common stock, subject to vesting requirements.

As of March 1, 2022, the number of outstanding shares of common stock includes 81,335,573 outstanding shares that are “restricted securities,” as defined under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and eligible for sale in the public market subject to the requirements of Rule 144. We, all of our directors, executive officers, and certain of our stockholders have agreed to a 90-day lock-up period (subject to certain exceptions) that expires on April 7, 2022. Following the expiration of the applicable lock-up period, all of the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock will be eligible for future sale, subject to the applicable volume, manner of sale, holding periods, and other limitations of Rule 144. In addition, Barclays Capital Inc. and BofA Securities Inc., in their sole discretion, may release all or some portion of the common stock subject to lock-up agreements at any time and for any reason. Moreover, certain stockholders have certain demand registration rights that could require us to file registration statements in connection with sales of our common stock by such stockholder. Additionally, we filed a Form S-8 under the Securities Act, to register all common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. After registration, these shares can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements described above. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our common stock could decline if the holders of currently restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them or are released from the restrictions of the lock-up agreements prior to their expiration, which may make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None

3834

Table of Contents

Item 2. Properties

Our headquarters are in Latham, New York. We have manufacturing and storage facilities in the United States, Canada, New Zealand, and Australia. We believe our facilities are adequate and suitable for our current needs.

    

    

    

Ownership  

Location

    

Purpose

    

Size (Sq. ft.)

    

(owned or leased)

Adelaide, Australia

Storage facility

21,097*

Leased

Melbourne, Australia

 

Storage facility and office

 

5,9426,243

 

Leased

Picton, Australia

 

Fiberglass facility

 

41,81849,514

 

Leased

Picton, Australia

Storage

115,174(1)

Leased

Sydney, Australia

 

Office

 

6,889

 

Leased

Yalta, Australia

 

Fiberglass facility

 

28,26632,292

 

Leased

Ajax, Canada

 

Fiberglass steps

 

25,641

 

Leased

Brantford, Canada

 

Liners, steel panels and covers facility

 

113,360

 

Leased

Kingston, Canada

 

Fiberglass facility

 

3,6002,700

 

Leased

Terrebonne, Canada

 

Warehouse/distribution

 

35,000

 

Leased

Hamilton, New Zealand

 

Fiberglass facility

 

18,91221,528

 

Leased

Hamilton, New Zealand

 

Mold building facility

 

12,70110,764

 

Leased

Williams, California

 

Fiberglass facility

 

67,734

 

Leased

Zephyrhills, Florida

 

Fiberglass facility

 

42,000

 

Leased

Suwanee, Georgia

 

Liners and covers facility

 

84,466

 

Leased

Fort Wayne, Indiana

 

Liners, kits and covers facility

 

161,000

 

Leased

Plainfield, Indiana

 

Automatic safety covers facility

 

99,288

 

Leased

De Witt, Iowa

 

Fiberglass facility

 

40,000

 

Leased

Bossier City, Louisiana

 

Liners and covers facility

 

47,334(2)

 

Leased

Breaux Bridge, Louisiana

 

Fiberglass facility

 

22,463

 

Leased

Albany, New York

Aluminum kit facility

100,00086,000

Leased

Albany, New York

Warehouse

7,650

Leased

Latham, New York

 

Headquarters, polymer panels and thermoformed steps facility

 

97,000

 

Owned

Queensbury, New York

 

Fiberglass depot

 

2,40082,550

 

Leased

Scotia, New York

 

Liners and covers facility

 

122,543

 

Leased

Powells Point, North Carolina

 

Fiberglass depot

 

9641,200

 

Leased

Rockingham, North Carolina

 

Fiberglass facility

 

45,330

 

Owned

Youngstown, Ohio

 

Warehouse — finished products

 

105,000

 

Leased

Youngstown, Ohio

 

Warehouse — raw materials

 

85,86886,812

 

Leased

Youngstown, Ohio

 

Liners and covers facility

 

16,992

 

Leased

Seminole, Oklahoma

Fiberglass facility

17,956

Owned

Fayetteville, Tennessee

 

Fiberglass facility

 

58,631

 

Owned

Odessa, Texas

 

Fiberglass facility

 

33,500(3)

 

Leased

Lindon, Utah

 

Automatic safety covers facility

 

55,789

 

Leased

Lindon, Utah

Warehouse and office

6,750

Leased

Jane Lew, West Virginia

 

Fiberglass facility

 

67,100

 

Leased

Jane Lew, West Virginia

 

Storage facility and office

 

18,000

 

Leased

*

(1)

Land Only

(2)On November 8, 2022, we approved a cost reduction plan which involved the closure of the facility in Bossier City, Louisiana in the first quarter of 2023.
(3)This property was impacted by a fire in April of 2022 which primarily impacted the facility’s production area, we are currently evaluating the future plans for this property.

In addition to our existing facilities, we have commenced building a 170,000 square foot fiberglass manufacturing facility on a 148 acres site in Kingston, Loyalist Township in Ontario, Canada, with production expected to begin in 2023.

3935

Table of Contents

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of our operations and businesses that cover a wide range of matters, including, among others, contract and employment claims, personal injury claims, intellectual property claims, product liability claims and warranty claims. Currently, there are no claims or proceedings against us that we believe will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Further, no material legal proceedings were terminated, settled, or otherwise resolved during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022. However, the results of any current or future litigation cannot be predicted with certainty and, regardless of the outcome, we may incur significant costs and experience a diversion of management resources as a result of litigation.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

36

Table of Contents

Part II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market and Stockholders

Our common stock ishas been traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “SWIM” since April 23, 2021. Prior to that date, there was no public trading market for our common stock. On December 31, 2021,2022, there were 3230 registered holders of record of our common stock. A greater number of holders are “street name” or beneficial holders, whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers, and other financial institutions.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

On May 10, 2022, we approved a stock repurchase program, which authorized us to repurchase up to $100.0 million of our shares of common stock over the next three years. We may effect these repurchases in open market transactions, privately negotiated purchases, or other acquisitions. We are not obligated to repurchase any of our shares of our common stock under the program and the timing and amount of any repurchases will depend on market conditions, our stock price, alternative uses of capital, the terms of our debt instruments, and other factors. The following table shows the total number of shares repurchased on a trade date basis during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2022.

Period

    

Total number of shares purchased

Average price paid per share

Total number of shares purchased as part of publicly announced plan1

Approximate dollar value of shares that may yet be purchased under the plan

(in thousands)

October 2, 2022 - October 29, 2022

$

$

85,000

October 30, 2022 - November 26, 2022

 

992,034

3.13

 

992,034

 

81,891

November 27, 2022 - December 31, 2022

 

1,465,355

3.36

 

1,465,355

 

76,962

Total

 

2,457,389

$

3.27

 

2,457,389

$

76,962

(1)All shares were repurchased under a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan.

Dividends

We currently do not intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock. However, we may in the future decide to pay dividends on our common stock. Any declaration and payment of cash dividends in the future, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon such factors as earnings levels, cash flows, capital requirements, levels of indebtedness, restrictions imposed by applicable law, our overall financial condition, restrictions in our debt agreements, and any other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.

As a holding company, our ability to pay dividends depends on our receipt of cash dividends from our operating subsidiaries. Our ability to pay dividends will therefore be restricted as a result of restrictions on their ability to pay dividends to us under our New Credit Agreement and under other current and future indebtedness that we or they may incur. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating Ownership of our Common Stock”Stock—We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends, and “Management’saccordingly, stockholders must rely on stock appreciation for any return on their investment” and

37

Table of Contents

“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

40

Table of Contents

Performance Graph

The following graph compares the cumulative total return on our common stock since it began trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on April 23, 2021 with the cumulative total return of the Russell 2000 Index and the S&P SmallCap 600 Consumer Discretionary Index. The graph assumes, in each case, an initial investment of $100 on April 23, 2021, based on the market price at the end of each month through and including December 31, 2021,2022, and that all dividends paid by companies included in these indices have been reinvested. We did not pay any dividends during the period reflected in the graph.

GraphicGraphic

4/23/2021

12/31/2021

12/31/2022

Latham Group, Inc.

$

100.00

$

91.85

$

11.82

Russell 2000

$

100.00

$

99.56

$

79.21

S&P SmallCap 600 Consumer Discretionary Index

$

100.00

$

98.11

$

70.82

Item 6. Reserved

4138

Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with other sections of this Annual Report, including “Item 1. Business,” and our audited Consolidated Financial Statementsconsolidated financial statements and related Notesnotes for the three years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 2020 and 2019,2020, included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risk, assumptions and uncertainties, such as statements of our plans, objectives, expectations, intentions and forecasts. These forward-looking statements are generally identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms “anticipate,” “believe,” “confident,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “likely,” “may,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “will,” “would” and, in each case, their negative or other various or comparable terminology. Our actual results and the timing of selected events could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements as a result of several factors, including those set forth under the section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause our results to vary from expectations include, but are not limited to secular shifts in consumer demand for swimming pools and spending on outdoor living spaces; slow pace of material conversion from concrete pools to fiberglass pools in the pool industry; general economic conditions and uncertainties affecting markets in which we operate and economic volatility that could adversely impact our business, including the COVID-19 pandemic; changes in access to consumer credit or increases in interest rates impacting consumers’ ability to finance their purchases of pools; the impact of weather on our business; our ability to attract new customers and retain existing customers; our ability to sustain further growth and to manage it effectively; the ability of our suppliers to continue to deliver the quantity or quality of materials sufficient to meet our needs to manufacture our products; the availability and cost of third-party transportation services for our products and raw materials; product quality issues; our ability to successfully defend litigation brought against us; our ability to adequately obtain, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights and claims of intellectual property and proprietary right infringement, misappropriation or other violation by competitors and third parties; failure to hire and retain qualified employees and personnel; exposure to risks associated with international sales and operations, including foreign currency exchange rates, corruption and instability; security breaches, cyber-attacks and other interruptions to our and our third-party service providers’ technological and physical infrastructures; catastrophic events, including war, terrorism and other international conflicts, public health issues or natural catastrophes and accidents; risk of increased regulation of our operations, particularly related to environmental laws; fluctuations in our operating results; inability to compete successfully against current and future competitors; and other risks, uncertainties and factors set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including those set forth under section titled “Risk Factors.” These forward-looking statements reflect our views with respect to future events as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are based on assumptions and subject to risks and uncertainties. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and, except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or review publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We anticipate that subsequent events and developments will cause our views to change. You should read this Annual Report on Form 10-K completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, merger, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may undertake. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

42

Table of Contents

Overview

We are the largest designer, manufacturer, and marketer of in-ground residential swimming pools in North America, Australia, and New Zealand. We hold the #1 market position in North America in every product category in which we compete. We believe that we are the most sought-after brand in the pool industry and the only pool company that has established a direct relationship with the homeowner. We are Latham, The Pool CompanyTM.

With an operating history that spans over 65 years, we offer the industry’s broadest portfolio of pools and related products, including in-ground swimming pools, pool liners, and pool covers.

We have a heritage of innovation. In an industry that has traditionally marketed on a business-to-business basis (pool manufacturer to dealer), we pioneered the first “direct-to-homeowner” digital and social marketing strategy that has transformed the homeowner’s purchase journey. Through this marketing strategy, we are able to create demand for our pools and generate andto provide high quality, purchase-ready consumer leads to our dealer partners.

Partnership with our dealers is integral to our collective success, and we have enjoyed long-tenured relationships averaging over 14 years. We support our dealer network with business development tools, co-branded marketing programs, and in-house training, as well as an operations platform consisting of over 2,3002,000 employees across over 30 facilities.locations.

The full resources of our company are dedicated to designing and manufacturing high-quality pool products, with the homeowner in mind, and positioning ourselves as a value-added partner to our dealers. As a result of this approach, 20212022 marked our 1213th consecutive year of net sales growth Adjusted EBITDA growth and Adjusted EBITDA margin expansion.growth. Net income does not adhere to this trend.

We conduct our business as one operating and reportable segment that designs, manufactures, and markets in-ground swimming pools, liners, and covers.

Recent Developments

Highlights for the year ended December 31, 20212022

Increase in net sales of 56.3%10.4%, or $227.1$65.2 million, to $695.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to $630.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared2021.
Decrease in net loss of $56.6 million, to $403.4$5.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.
Increase in2022, compared to a net loss of $78.3 million, to $62.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to a net income of $16.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, representing a 9.9%0.8% net loss margin for the year ended December 31, 2021.2022.
Increase in Adjusted EBITDA (as defined below) of $56.0$3.5 million, to $143.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to $139.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $83.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.2021.

Debt Refinancing

On February 23, 2022, we entered into an agreement (the “New Credit Agreement”) with Barclays Bank PLC, which provides a senior secured multicurrency revolving line of credit (the “New Revolving Credit Facility”) in an initial principal amount of $75.0 million and a U.S. Dollar senior secured term loan facility (the “New Term Loan Facility”) in an initial principal amount of $325.0 million. On the closing date, proceeds under the agreement were used to repay and replace $294.0 million under, and terminate, the Credit Agreement and for general corporate purposes.

4339

Table of Contents

Initial Public OfferingBusiness Update

Market conditions continue to evolve. Macroeconomic uncertainty is affecting consumer spending and softening demand for consumer durables, resulting in declines in U.S. new in-ground pool installations in 2022. We anticipate further net sales declines in our in-ground swimming pool product line in 2023. We continue to see destocking of packaged pool inventory at the wholesale distribution-level, and we expect normalization of inventory levels to remain a headwind. We believe continued progress on fiberglass conversion efforts, especially from concrete, will be a modest tailwind as we continue to work to drive homeowner and dealer awareness and adoption. We continue to take a disciplined approach to capital investments, with the focus on the completion of previously announced projects. This includes the completion of our Kingston, Ontario facility as well as our acquired fiberglass manufacturing assets in Seminole, Oklahoma. The Kingston and Seminole facilities for production will give us the opportunity to reduce freight costs, tighten our lead times, and tap into large markets with strong fiberglass conversion opportunities.

We have responded to economic uncertainty with immediate actions to reduce our costs. On November 8, 2022, we approved a cost reduction plan to optimize our production and shift schedules, implement a workforce reduction, and streamline our cover and liner manufacturing footprint with the closure of our Bossier City, Louisiana facility in the first quarter of 2023.

During the year ended December 31, 2022, we recognized costs related to the plan totaling $1.1 million, comprised primarily of $1.0 million for severance and related costs and $0.1 million of fixed asset and facility related expenses. The remaining costs under the plan of approximately $0.5 million are expected to be incurred and recognized in 2023. We expect to generate annual operating expense savings of approximately $12.0 million in fiscal 2023 as a result of our cost reduction plan.

Leadership Transition

On April 27, 2021,January 19, 2023, we completedannounced that Robert L. Masson II will step down as our initial public offeringChief Financial Officer for family reasons, effective March 17, 2023. J. Mark Borseth, who previously served as Latham’s Chief Financial Officer from February 2020 to July 2022, rejoined Latham as a strategic advisor effective February 13, 2023. On March 18, 2023, Mr. Borseth will become the Interim Chief Financial Officer. A search for a permanent Chief Financial Officer is underway.

Share Repurchase Program

On May 10, 2022, we approved a stock repurchase program (the “IPO”“Repurchase Program”) in, which we sold 23,000,000authorized us to repurchase up to $100 million of our shares of common stock inclusiveover the next three years. We may effect these repurchases in open market transactions, privately negotiated purchases, or other acquisitions. We are not obligated to repurchase any of 3,000,000our outstanding shares sold by us pursuant tounder the full exerciseRepurchase Program and the timing and amount of any repurchases will depend on market conditions, our stock price, alternative uses of capital, the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. The aggregate net proceeds received by us from the IPO were $399.3 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissionsterms of our debt instruments, and other offering costs. We usedfactors. During the net proceeds to (i) pay down $152.7 million of the Amended Term Loan (as defined below) under the Credit Agreement (as defined below), (ii) repay the $16.0 million outstanding on the Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below), (iii) repurchase 12,264,438 shares of common stock from certain existing shareholders for $216.7 million and (iv) fund general corporate requirements, including working capital, for $13.9 million.

Contemporaneously with the pricing of the IPO, on April 22, 2021, we put in place our Omnibus Incentive Plan, pursuant to which we granted to certain of our employees restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and option awards (the “Omnibus Plan”).

Secondary Offering

On January 11,year ended December 31, 2022, we completed an offering of 13,800,000 shares of common stock, including the exercise in full by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to 1,800,000 additional shares of common stock, at a public offering price of $19.50 per share. All of the net proceeds from this offering were used to purchase 13,800,000repurchased and concurrently retired 4,483,620 shares of our common stock from certainfor an aggregate amount of our stockholders. In connection with the offering we incurred approximately $12.9$23.0 million, in expenses, including underwriter fees.

Reorganization

Priorpursuant to the closingRepurchase Program. As of the IPO,December 31, 2022, approximately $77.0 million remained available for share repurchases pursuant to our parent entity, Latham Investment Holdings, LP (“Parent”) merged with and into Latham Group, Inc., with Latham Group, Inc. surviving the merger (the “Reorganization”). The purpose of the Reorganization was to reorganize our structure so that our existing investors would own only common stock rather than limited partnership interests in our Parent. In connection with the Reorganization, 194,207,115 Class A units of our Parent (“Class A units”) were converted into 97,187,596 shares of our common stock and 26,158,894 Class B units of our Parent were converted into 4,145,987 shares of common stock and 8,340,126 shares of restricted stock. The Reorganization was accounted for as a transaction between entities under common control and retrospectively applied.

Stock Split

On April 13, 2021, our Board of Directors approved a 109,673.709-for-one stock split of our common stock, par value $0.0001. Accordingly, all share and per share data for all periods presented have been adjusted retroactively to reflect the impact of the amended certificate of incorporation and the stock split.

Charter Amendment

On April 13, 2021, our certificate of incorporation was amended, which amended and restated certain terms of the certificate of incorporation. Under the amended certificate of incorporation, we had the authority to issue 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

On April 22, 2021, as part of the Reorganization, our certificate of incorporation was further amended and restated to, among other things, increase the authorized shares to 1,000,000,000, of which 900,000,000 are shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share and 100,000,000 are shares of preferred stock, par value 0.0001 per share.Repurchase Program.

Key Factors Affecting our Performance

Our results of operations and financial condition are affected by the following factors, which reflect our operating philosophy and focus on designing, manufacturing, and marketing high quality and innovative pools and pool covers for the in-ground swimming pool market.

4440

Table of Contents

Volume of Products Sold

Our net sales depend primarily on the volume of products we sell during any given period, and volume is affected by the following items, among others:

Sales, distribution, and marketing:   While we have traditionally relied on our dealers and distributors to raise awareness of our products, we pioneered the first “direct-to-homeowner” digital and social marketing strategy that has transformed the homeowner’s purchase journey. Through this marketing strategy, we are able to create demand for our pools and generate and provide high quality, purchase-ready consumer leads to our dealer partners.

In order to strengthen our relationship with our loyal dealer partners, we have implemented “Latham Grand,” a key dealer strategy whereby we have secured exclusivity from over 250 of our largest dealers in North America, which also includes the nation’sUnited States’ largest franchised dealer network, Premier Pools & Spas. We also have a strong distribution network as a result of over 450 distributor branch locations that represent our products. Through our significant investments in partnerships with dealers and distributors and our consumer-oriented marketing efforts, we have created both a “push and pull” demand dynamic for our products in the marketplace. We invest in our exclusive dealers through localized marketing spend, co-branding opportunities, tailored offerings, and priority lead generation. We also provide our dealers with enhanced product literature, in-store display samples, and other initiatives to drive sales. We have directed a significant portion of our advertising spend to digital channels, including social media and search advertising. Our improved digital marketing engine has the ability to strategically target market spend and to generate leads in territories where dealers have capacity to install more pools, markets where we are underpenetrated, or simply into the largest in-ground swimming pool markets. Our volume of product sales in a given period will be impacted by changes in our distribution platform and by our ability to generate leads for our dealers.

Material conversion:   We have continued to increase sales of our products through our focused efforts to drive material conversion and market penetration of our products, specifically our fiberglass pools, which continue to take market share from traditional concrete pools and enable dramatically improved economics for consumers, dealers, and for pool installers. We believe that this will be a long-term trend toward material conversion from traditional concrete pools. We believe that our fiberglass pools offer a compelling value proposition due tobecause of their lower up-front and lifecycle cost of ownership, less maintenance, higher quality, lower usage of harsh chemicals, quicker installation, and more convenient experience, compared to products manufactured from traditional materials, and wematerials. We anticipate that sales of our fiberglass pool products will continue to benefit from material conversion. The success of our efforts to drive conversion during any given period will impact the volume of our products sold during that period.
Product Innovation:   We continue to develop and introduce innovative products to accelerate material conversion and to expand our markets. The continuous evolution and expansion of our product portfolio is critical to our sales growth, expanding market share, and overall success. Our broad product offering allows dealers and distributors to offer consumers a wide variety of innovative pool shapes, depths, and lengths. Specifically, our innovative fiberglass pool offering employs the most durable components, consisting of a carbon fiber, Kevlar, and ceramic fiberglass build. Our use of innovative technology and premium materials result in long-lasting products that not only require lower up-front costs, but also save homeowners time and money from continuous maintenance throughout the product lifecycle. We believe that new products will enhance our ability to compete with traditional materials at a variety of price points, and we expect to continue to devote significant resources to developing innovative new products. The volume of our products sold during a given period will depend in part on our successfully introducing new products that generate additional demand, as well as the extent to which new products may impact our sales of existing products.

45

Table of Contents

Economic conditions:   Demand for our products is affected by a number of economic factors impacting our customers and consumers. The in-ground swimming pool market depends in partCustomers typically pay for their new pools from assets on hand or from borrowing. A frequent source of borrowing is home equity financing, and accordingly, the level of equity in homes will affect consumers’ ability to obtain a home equity line of credit and to engage in backyard renovations that

41

Table of Contents

would result in purchases of our products. Demand for our products is also affected by the level of interest rates and the availability of credit, consumer confidence and spending, housing affordability, demographic trends, employment levels, and other macroeconomic factors that may influence the extent to which consumers engage in renovations to their backyard, including pool installation projects to enhance the outdoor living spaces of their homes.
Seasonality and weather:   Although we generally have demand for our products throughout the year, our business is seasonal, and weather is one of the principal external factors affecting the business. In general, net sales and net income are highest during spring and summer, representing the peak months of swimming pool use, pool installation and remodeling and repair activities. Calendar years having severeSevere weather also may play a role in affecting sales growth, as particularly rainy or cold years tend to slow the volume of sales, including as a result of complicating conditions for pool installations. Catastrophic events, such as hurricanes, tornadoes, and earthquakes can cause interruptions to our operations and theseoperations. These scenarios are at least partially mitigated by our geographic diversity, both across the United States and through international markets.

Pricing

In general, our products are priced to be competitive in the in-ground swimming pool market, including the prices for concrete pools, and to keep in line with changes in our input costs.

Cost and Availability of Materials

Raw material costs, including costs of PVC, galvanized steel, fiberglass, aluminum, carbon fiber, Kevlar fiber, various resins, gelcoat, polypropylene fabric, ceramicceramics, and roving, represent a majority of our cost of sales. Our contractssupply agreements with key suppliers are typically negotiated on an annual basis. The cost of the raw materials used in our manufacturing processes is subject to volatility and has been affected by changes in supply and demand. We have nominimal fixed-price contracts with any of our major vendors. We have not entered into hedges of our raw material costs at this time, but we may choose to enter into such hedges in the future.

Prices for spot market purchases are negotiated on a continuous basis in line with current market prices. Other than occasional strategic purchases of larger quantities of certain raw materials, we generally buy materials on an as-needed basis. Changes in prices of our raw materials have a direct impact on our cost of sales.

In the second and third quarters of 2021, we experienced supply chain disruptions, especially for the resin used in making fiberglass pools. Due to the supply chain disruption, we experienced manufacturing inefficiencies and fixed cost deleverage, as well as lower margins due to lower fiberglass pool sales. Despite strong demand for our products, we estimate that the resin shortfall limited our North American fiberglass production to just 58% of our capacity in 2021.

We have worked with our existing suppliers to increase their shipments to us and have secured additional supplies of resin during the fourth quarter of 2021, with additional sources expected to begin supplying our operations in the first quarter of 2022. We have also increased our warehousing capacity for key raw materials to help mitigate any future supply issues. We believe that our efforts to secure our resin supply will allow us to ramp up production to match our order growth and to improve our sales mix through higher fiberglass pool sales.

46

Table of Contents

We have also experienced raw material inflation in 2021. Although we have taken pricing action to minimize the impact on our profitability, we chose not to raise pricing of our fiberglass pools order backlog to protect our long-term relationships with our dealer partners, with the pricing increases applying only to new orders. This strategic decision resulted in a timing gap between raw material inflation and pricing actions that impacted our profitability in the year ended December 31, 2021. The gap between raw material inflation and pricing actions was a leading driver of gross margin compression in the year ended December 31, 2021. We expect that the gap will lessen as we work through our order backlog and the pricing action that we have taken will reverse the gross margin compression due to a higher gross margin from the sale of fiberglass pools, and an increase in gross margin from a higher mix of sales from fiberglass pools.

Acquisitions and Partnerships

On May 31, 2019, we acquired Narellan, a fiberglass pool manufacturer based in Australia with existing operations in Australia, New Zealand and Canada. The acquisition expanded our market share giving us a broader geographical footprint and an increase in dealer and franchise relationships.

On October 22, 2020, we acquired GLI, which specializes in manufacturing custom vinyl pool liners and safety covers. The acquisition expanded our liner and safety cover product offerings.

On November 24, 2021, we acquired Radiant Pools, a manufacturer of vinyl-lined and aluminum-walled swimming pools. The acquisition expands our product portfolio into vinyl-lined and aluminum-walled swimming pools.

On November 8, 2022, we acquired certain fiberglass pool manufacturing assets in Seminole, Oklahoma, that qualified as a business combination. This acquisition will replace lost fiberglass manufacturing capacity in Odessa, TX because of a plant fire and place our production closer to strong consumer markets in the region.

The consolidated financial statements include the results of operations of the Narellan, GLI and Radiantthese acquisitions since their respective acquisition dates. The total purchase consideration was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition, as determined by management. The excess of the purchase price over the amounts allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed has been recorded as goodwill.

On October 30, 2020, we entered into a long-term strategic partnership with and acquired a 28% equity interest in Premier Pools & Spas, a pool builder focusing on in-ground swimming pools. In August 2021, we sold a portion of our interest in Premier Pools & Spas, retaining a post-sale ownership interest of 20.1%. On December 17, 2021, Premier Pools & Spas issued additional non-voting common units. Our ownership interest in Premier Pools & Spas after the

42

Table of Contents

issuance of additional non-voting common units is 18.2% while our voting interest remains 20.1%. The purpose of this investment in Premier Pools & Spas is to help expand our sales and distribution channels. Products are sold directly to the franchisees, third parties independent of Premier Pools and Spas, and are therefore not considered related party transactions. Our investment in Premier Pools & Spas is reflected as an equity method investment on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2021,2022, and our proportionate share of earnings or losses of Premier Pools & Spas is recognized in earnings (losses) from equity method investment in our consolidated statement of operations on a three-month lag.

Product Mix

We seek to continue to enhance our gross margins by improving the mix of products we sell, reducing fixed costs per unit, improving efficiency across our operations, including by investing in, and expanding, our digitally-enabled lead sourcing capabilities, expanding our specialized training opportunities such as “Latham University,” and sales support initiatives such as localized digital marketing spend, co-branding, enhanced product literature, in-store display samples, and social media initiatives.

47

Table of Contents

Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a global pandemic and recommended containment and mitigation measures worldwide. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, federal, state and local governments put in place travel restrictions, quarantines, “shelter-in-place” orders, and various other restrictive measures in an attempt to control the spread of the disease. Such restrictions or orders have resulted in, and continue to result in, business closures, work stoppages, slowdowns and delays, among other measures that affect our operations, as well as customer demand and the operations of our suppliers.

Since the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, we have been focused on protecting our employees’ health and safety, meeting our customers’ needs as they navigate an uncertain financial and operating environment, working closely with our suppliers to protect our ongoing business operations and rapidly adjusting our short-, medium- and long-term operational plans to proactively and effectively respond to the current and potential future public health crises. While the COVID-19 pandemic presents very serious concerns for our business and operations, our employees and their families, our customers and our suppliers, we believe that we are adapting well to the wide-ranging changes that the global economy is currently undergoing, and we remain confident that we will continue to maintain business continuity, produce and sell our products safely and in compliance with applicable laws and governmental orders and mandates, maintain our robust and flexible supply chains and be in a strong position to maintain financial flexibility in the event of a potentially extended economic downturn.

To mitigate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, we increased frequency and intensity of cleaning of our properties, implemented policies to enable our factory employees to work flexible working hours, shifted our corporate employees to remote work, temporarily stopped hiring, temporarily cut salaries (which cuts we repaid to our employees later in the year), and have greatly reduced travel for our employees. Substantially all of our plants have remained operational throughout the pandemic. We did not experience any significant impacts on our liquidity as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Although we have implemented measures to mitigate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, financial condition and results of operations, we expect that these measures may not fully mitigate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We cannot predict the degree to, or the period over, which we will be affected by the pandemic and resulting governmental and other measures. The global impact of the COVID-19 pandemic continues to rapidly evolve, and we will continue to monitor the situation closely. As the COVID-19 pandemic continues, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the risks described in “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Operations — The current outbreak of the COVID-19, or the future outbreak of any other highly infectious or contagious diseases, has caused, and may continue to cause, disruption to our business and operations” for a further discussion of the adverse impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business.

Key Performance Indicators

Net Sales

We derive our revenue from the design, manufacture, and sale of in-ground swimming pools, pool covers, and liners. We sell fiberglass pools, which are one-piece manufactured fiberglass pools that are ready to be installed in a consumer’s backyard, and custom vinyl pools, which are manufactured pools that are made out of non-corrosive steel or composite polymer frame, on top of which a vinyl liner is installed. We sell liners for the interior surface of vinyl pools (including pools that were not manufactured by us). We also sell all-season covers, which are winterizing mesh andor solid pool covers that protect pools against debris and cold or inclement weather, and automatic safety covers for pools that can be operated with a switch.

Our sales are made through one-step and two-step business-to-business distribution channels. In our one-step distribution channel, we sell our products directly to dealers who, in turn, sell our products to consumers. In our two-step distribution channel, we sell our products to distributors who warehouse our products and sell them on to dealers, who ultimately sell our products to consumers.

48

Table of Contents

Each product shipped is considered to be one performance obligation. With the exception of our extended service warranties and our custom product contracts, we recognize our revenue when control of our promised goods is transferred to our customers (dealer in one-step distribution channel or distributor in two-step distribution channel), either upon shipment or arrival at our customer’s destination depending upon the terms of the purchase order. Sales are recognized net of any estimated rebates, returns, allowances, cash discounts or other sales incentives. Revenue that is derived from our extended service warranties, which are separately priced and sold, is recognized over the term of the contracts. Revenue from custom products is recognized over time utilizing an input method that compares the cost of cumulative work-in-process to date to the most current estimates for the entire cost of the performance obligation. See “— Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Revenue Recognition.”

Gross Margin

Gross margin is gross profit as a percentage of our net sales. Gross margin is dependentdepends upon several factors, such as the prices we charge buyers, changes in prices of raw materials, the volume and relative sales mix among product lines, the average price of our products sold and plant performance, among other factors. Gross margin is also impacted by the costs of distribution and occupancy costs, which can vary.

Our gross profit is variable in nature and generally follows changes in net sales. The components of our cost of sales may not be comparable to the components of cost of sales or similar measures of other companies. As a result, our gross profit and gross margin may not be comparable to similar data made available by other companies.

43

Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin

We use Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin to supplement GAAP measures of performance to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies, to make budgeting decisions, to establishutilize as a significant performance metric in our annual management incentive bonus plan compensation and to compare our performance against that of other peer companies using similar measures. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) plus (i) depreciation and amortization, (ii) interest expense, (iii) income tax (benefit) expense, (iv) loss (gain) on sale and disposal of property and equipment, (v) restructuring charges, (vi) management fees, (vii) stock-based compensation expense, (viii)(vii) unrealized (gains) losses on foreign currency transactions, (ix)(viii) strategic initiative costs, (x)(ix) acquisition and integration related costs, (x) loss on extinguishment of debt, (xi) underwriting fees related to offering of common stock, (xii) the Odessa fire and other such unusual events, (xiii) IPO costs and (xii) IPO costs.(xiv) other. We believe excluding these items allows for better comparison of our financial results across reporting periods.

We define Adjusted EBITDA margin as Adjusted EBITDA divided by net sales. Our definitions of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.

We believe Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are useful measurements for investors as they help identify underlying trends that could otherwise be masked by certain expenses that we do not consider indicative of our ongoing operating performance. We also use Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin for planning purposes, assessing our financial performance, and other strategic decisions. For a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin and the limitations on their use, and the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, and our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA margin see “— Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below.

4944

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Year ended December 31, 20212022 Compared to Year ended December 31, 20202021

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 20212022 and 2020:2021:

Year Ended December 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Change

Change

% of

% of

Change

 % of 

% of

% of

Change

 % of 

    

2021

    

 Net Sales

    

2020

    

 Net Sales

    

 Amount

    

Net Sales

 

    

2022

    

 Net Sales

    

2021

    

 Net Sales

    

 Amount

    

Net Sales

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Net sales

$

630,456

100.0

%  

$

403,389

100.0

%  

$

227,067

%

$

695,736

100.0

%  

$

630,456

100.0

%  

$

65,280

%

Cost of sales

 

426,294

 

67.6

%  

 

260,616

 

64.6

%  

 

165,678

 

3.0

%

 

479,267

 

68.9

%  

 

426,294

 

67.6

%  

 

52,973

 

1.3

%

Gross profit

 

204,162

 

32.4

%  

 

142,773

 

35.4

%  

 

61,389

 

(3.0)

%

 

216,469

 

31.1

%  

 

204,162

 

32.4

%  

 

12,307

 

(1.3)

%

Selling, general and administrative expense

 

217,775

 

34.5

%  

 

85,527

 

21.2

%  

 

132,248

 

13.3

%

Selling, general, and administrative expense

 

146,842

 

21.1

%  

 

217,775

 

34.5

%  

 

(70,933)

 

(13.4)

%

Underwriting fees related to offering of common stock

11,437

1.6

%  

%  

11,437

 

1.6

%

Amortization

 

22,566

 

3.6

%  

 

17,347

 

4.3

%  

 

5,219

 

(0.7)

%

 

28,180

 

4.1

%  

 

22,566

 

3.6

%  

 

5,614

 

0.5

%

(Loss) income from operations

 

(36,179)

 

(5.7)

%  

 

39,899

 

9.9

%  

 

(76,078)

 

(15.6)

%

Income (loss) from operations

 

30,010

 

4.3

%  

 

(36,179)

 

(5.7)

%  

 

66,189

 

10.0

%

Other expense (income):

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

24,433

 

3.9

%  

 

18,251

 

4.5

%  

 

6,182

 

(0.6)

%

 

15,753

 

2.3

%  

 

24,433

 

3.9

%  

 

(8,680)

 

(1.6)

%

Other (income) expense, net

 

(4,860)

 

(0.8)

%  

 

(1,111)

 

(0.3)

%  

 

(3,749)

 

(0.5)

%

Loss on extinguishment of debt

3,465

0.5

%  

%  

 

3,465

 

0.5

%

Other expense (income), net

 

1,301

 

0.1

%  

 

(4,860)

 

(0.8)

%  

 

6,161

 

0.9

%

Total other expense (income), net

 

19,573

 

3.1

%  

 

17,140

 

4.2

%  

 

2,433

 

(1.1)

%

 

20,519

 

2.9

%  

 

19,573

 

3.1

%  

 

946

 

(0.2)

%

Earnings from equity method investment

2,222

0.3

%  

%  

2,222

0.3

%

4,230

0.6

%  

2,222

0.3

%  

2,008

0.3

%

(Loss) income before income taxes

 

(53,530)

 

(8.5)

%  

 

22,759

 

5.7

%  

 

(76,289)

 

(14.2)

%

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

13,721

 

2.0

%  

 

(53,530)

 

(8.5)

%  

 

67,251

 

10.5

%

Income tax expense

 

8,818

 

1.4

%  

 

6,776

 

1.7

%  

 

2,042

 

(0.3)

%

 

19,415

 

2.8

%  

 

8,818

 

1.4

%  

 

10,597

 

1.4

%

Net (loss) income

$

(62,348)

 

(9.9)

%  

$

15,983

 

4.0

%  

$

(78,331)

 

(13.9)

%

Net loss

$

(5,694)

 

(0.8)

%  

$

(62,348)

 

(9.9)

%  

$

56,654

 

9.1

%

Adjusted EBITDA

$

139,819

 

22.2

%  

$

83,836

 

20.8

%  

$

55,983

 

1.4

%

$

143,252

 

20.6

%  

$

139,819

 

22.2

%  

$

3,433

 

(1.6)

%

Net Sales

Net sales was $695.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to $630.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $403.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.2021. The $227.1$65.2 million, or 56.3%10.4%, increase in net sales was due todriven by a $171.7$109.6 million increase from volume andpricing, partially offset by a $55.4$44.4 million decrease from volume. The $109.6 million price increase from pricing.reflects the impact of pricing actions to address inflation. The $171.7$44.4 million volume increase spanned our product lines anddecrease was primarily attributable to strong market demand, homeowner preferences for Latham’s products, and expanded strategic partnerships within our networklargely in packaged pools, driven by continued destocking of dealers, and also includes $68.5 million due to having a full year of GLI’s net sales in our net salesinventory in the year ended December 31, 2021.wholesale distribution channel. The increase in total net sales across our product lines was $131.1$17.0 million for in-ground swimming pools, $47.6$26.3 million for covers and $48.4$21.9 million for liners.

Cost of Sales and Gross Margin

Cost of sales was $479.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to $426.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $260.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, and increased as a percentage of net sales by 3.0%1.3%. Gross margin decreased by 3.0%1.3% to 31.1% for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to 32.4% for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to 35.4% for the year ended December 31, 2020.2021. The $165.7$53.0 million, or 63.6%12.4%, increase in cost of sales was primarily the result of the overall increase in sales volume, cost inflation, and $8.7partially offset by a $4.9 million ofdecrease in non-cash stock-based compensation expense. The 3.0%1.3% decrease in gross margin was primarily driven by supply chain headwinds, strategic decisions around re-pricing our order backlog,the impact of inflation and stock-based compensation expense.negative fixed cost leverage. Negative fixed cost leverage was driven by volume declines, primarily in packaged pools, driven by continued destocking of inventory in the wholesale distribution channel.

5045

Table of Contents

Selling, General, and Administrative Expense

Selling, general, and administrative expense was $146.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to $217.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $85.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, and increaseddecreased as a percentage of net sales by 13.3%13.4%. The $132.3$71.0 million, or 154.6% increase32.6% decrease in selling, general, and administrative expense was primarily due todriven by a $118.3$73.2 million increasedecrease in non-cash stock-based compensation expense, $5.1 million in wages from an increase in headcount, particularly for customer-facing activities to support future business growth, a $5.1 million increase in expense related to the acquisition of GLI, a $2.2 million increase due to legal, accounting and professional fees incurred in connection with our IPO that were not capitalizable, and ongoing public company costs.expense.

Amortization

Amortization was $28.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to $22.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $17.32021. The $5.6 million, or 24.9% increase in amortization was driven by the increase in definite-lived intangible assets resulting from our acquisition of Radiant in November 2021.

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $15.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The $5.3 million, or 30.1% increase in amortization was due2022, compared to the increase in our definite-lived intangible assets resulting from our acquisitions of GLI and Radiant in October 2020 and November 2021, respectively.

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $24.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021,2021. The $8.6 million, or 35.5% decrease in interest expense was primarily the result of lower amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount and a lower average interest rate from the February 2022 debt refinancing, compared to $18.3the year ended December 31, 2021. In addition, interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2022 was partially offset by an unrealized gain of $3.0 million related to the change in fair value of our interest rate swap.

Other Expense (Income), Net

Other expense (income), net was $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The $6.1 million, or 33.9% increase in interest expense was primarily due to an increase in the average outstanding balance of long-term debt and amortization from increased deferred financing fees and discount from entering into an amendment to the Term Loan,2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020.

Other (Income) Expense, Net

Other (income) expense, net was ($4.9) million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to ($1.1) million for the year ended December 31, 2020.2021. The ($3.8)$6.2 million increase in other expense (income) expense,, net was primarily due todriven by a non-recurring $4.8 million gain related to the partial sale of our equity method investment partially offset byduring the year ended December 31, 2021 and a $1.0$1.3 million unfavorable change in net foreign currency transaction gains and losses associated with our international subsidiaries.

Earnings from Equity Method Investments

Earnings from equity method investment of Premier Pools & Spa was $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to no equity in net earningsprimarily because of the financial performance of Premier Pools & Spa, forpartially offset by our reduced ownership interest during the year ended December 31, 20202022 as compared to the equity method investment was made in October 2020 and we record our proportionate share of earnings or losses in Premier Pools & Spa on a three-month lag.year ended December 31, 2021.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense was $19.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021,2021. Our effective tax rate was 141.5% for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to $6.8(16.5)% for the year ended December 31, 2021. The income tax expense of $19.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Our effective tax rate2022 was (16.5)% for the year ended December 31, 2021, comparedprimarily because of a $9.2 million expense related to 29.8% for the year ended December 31, 2020.non-deductible stock compensation. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the effective tax rate differed from the statutory tax rate primarily due to non deductiblebecause of nondeductible stock compensation of $25.7 million, partially offset by $12.7 million benefit related to the release of the valuation allowance on Canadian deferred tax assets. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the effective tax rate was higher than the statutory tax rate primarily due to various non deductible expenses.

Net (Loss) IncomeLoss

Net loss was $62.3$5.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021,2022, compared to $16.0$62.3 million of net incomeloss for the year ended December 31, 2020.2021. The $78.3$56.6 million, or 490.1% increase90.9% decrease in net loss was primarily due todriven by the factors described above.

5146

Table of Contents

Net (Loss) IncomeLoss Margin

Net loss margin was 0.8% for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to net loss margin of 9.9% for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to net income margin of 4.0% for the year ended December 31, 2020.2021. The 13.9% increase9.1% decrease in net loss margin was due todriven by a $78.3$56.6 million increasedecrease in net loss and a $227.1$65.2 million increase in net sales, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 due to2021 because of the factors described above.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA was $143.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to $139.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $83.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.2021. The $56.0$3.5 million, or 66.8%2.5% increase in Adjusted EBITDA was primarily due tobecause of the increase in net sales. For a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin and the limitations on their use, and the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, and our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA margin see “— Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below.

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

Adjusted EBITDA margin was 20.6% for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to 22.2% for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to 20.8% for the year ended December 31, 2020.2021. The 1.4% increase1.6% decrease in Adjusted EBITDA margin was primarily due tobecause of a $56.0$3.5 million increase in Adjusted EBITDA and an $227.1$65.2 million increase in net sales, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020.2021, driven by the factors detailed above.

Year ended December 31, 20202021 Compared to Year ended December 31, 20192020

Year Ended December 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Change

Change

% of

% of

Change

 % of 

% of

% of

Change

 % of 

    

2020

    

 Net Sales

    

2019

    

 Net Sales

    

 Amount

    

Net Sales

 

    

2021

    

 Net Sales

    

2020

    

 Net Sales

    

 Amount

    

Net Sales

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Net sales

$

403,389

100.0

%  

$

317,975

100.0

%  

$

85,414

%

$

630,456

100.0

%  

$

403,389

100.0

%  

$

227,067

%

Cost of sales

 

260,616

 

64.6

%  

 

219,819

 

69.1

%  

 

40,797

 

(4.5)

%

 

426,294

 

67.6

%  

 

260,616

 

64.6

%  

 

165,678

 

3.0

%

Gross profit

 

142,773

 

35.4

%  

 

98,156

 

30.9

%  

 

44,617

 

4.5

%

 

204,162

 

32.4

%  

 

142,773

 

35.4

%  

 

61,389

 

(3.0)

%

Selling, general and administrative expense

 

85,527

 

21.2

%  

 

57,388

 

18.0

%  

 

28,139

 

3.2

%

Selling, general, and administrative expense

 

217,775

 

34.5

%  

 

85,527

 

21.2

%  

 

132,248

 

13.3

%

Amortization

 

17,347

 

4.3

%  

 

15,643

 

5.0

%  

 

1,704

 

(0.7)

%

 

22,566

 

3.6

%  

 

17,347

 

4.3

%  

 

5,219

 

(0.7)

%

Income from operations

 

39,899

 

9.9

%  

 

25,125

 

7.9

%  

 

14,774

 

2.0

%

(Loss) income from operations

 

(36,179)

 

(5.7)

%  

 

39,899

 

9.9

%  

 

(76,078)

 

(15.6)

%

Other expense (income):

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

18,251

 

4.5

%  

 

22,639

 

7.1

%  

 

(4,388)

 

(2.6)

%

 

24,433

 

3.9

%  

 

18,251

 

4.5

%  

 

6,182

 

(0.6)

%

Other (income) expense, net

 

(1,111)

 

(0.3)

%  

 

(300)

 

(0.1)

%  

 

(811)

 

(0.2)

%

 

(4,860)

 

(0.8)

%  

 

(1,111)

 

(0.3)

%  

 

(3,749)

 

(0.5)

%

Total other expense (income), net

 

17,140

 

4.2

%  

 

22,339

 

7.0

%  

 

(5,199)

 

(2.8)

%

 

19,573

 

3.1

%  

 

17,140

 

4.2

%  

 

2,433

 

(1.1)

%

Income before income taxes

 

22,759

 

5.7

%  

 

2,786

 

0.9

%  

 

19,973

 

4.8

%

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

6,776

 

1.7

%  

 

(4,671)

 

(1.4)

%  

 

11,447

 

3.1

%

Net income

$

15,983

 

4.0

%  

$

7,457

 

2.3

%  

$

8,526

 

1.7

%

Earnings from equity method investment

2,222

0.3

%  

%  

2,222

 

0.3

%

(Loss) income before income taxes

 

(53,530)

 

(8.5)

%  

 

22,759

 

5.7

%  

 

(76,289)

 

(14.2)

%

Income tax expense

 

8,818

 

1.4

%  

 

6,776

 

1.7

%  

 

2,042

 

(0.3)

%

Net (loss) income

$

(62,348)

 

(9.9)

%  

$

15,983

 

4.0

%  

$

(78,331)

 

(13.9)

%

Adjusted EBITDA

$

83,836

 

20.8

%  

$

61,050

 

19.2

%  

$

22,786

 

1.6

%

$

139,819

 

22.2

%  

$

83,836

 

20.8

%  

$

55,983

 

1.4

%

For discussion on comparison of the fiscal years ended December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, see the Results of Operations section disclosed in Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of our Prospectus,Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, which was filed with the SEC on January 7,March 10, 2022.

5247

Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We track our non-GAAP financial measures to monitor and manage our underlying financial performance. The following discussion includes the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin, which are non-GAAP financial measures that exclude the impact of certain costs, losses and gains that are required to be included in our profit and loss measures under GAAP. Although we believe these measures are useful to investors and analysts for the same reasons it is useful to management, as discussed below, these measures are neither a substitute for, nor superior to, U.S. GAAP financial measures or disclosures. Other companies may calculate similarly-titled non-GAAP measures differently, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures. To address these limitations, we have reconciled Adjusted EBITDA to the applicable most comparable GAAP measure, net income (loss), throughout this Annual Report.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are key metrics used by management and our board of directors to assess our financial performance. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are also frequently used by analysts, investors, and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry, when considered alongside other GAAP measures. We use Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin to supplement GAAP measures of performance to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies, to make budgeting decisions, to utilize as a significant performance metric in our annual management incentive bonus plan compensation, and to compare our performance against that of other companies using similar measures. We have presented Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin solely as supplemental disclosures because we believe they allow for a more complete analysis of results of operations and assist investors and analysts in comparing our operating performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance, such as (i) depreciation and amortization, (ii) interest expense, (iii) income tax (benefit) expense, (iv) loss (gain) on sale and disposal of property and equipment, (v) restructuring charges, (vi) management fees, (vii) stock-based compensation expense, (viii)(vii) unrealized (gains) losses on foreign currency transactions, (ix)(viii) strategic initiative costs, (x)(ix) acquisition and integration related costs, (x) loss on extinguishment of debt, (xi) underwriting fees related to offering of common stock, (xii) the Odessa fire and other such unusual events, (xiii) IPO costs and (xii) IPO costs.(xiv) other.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are non-GAAP financial measures and should not be considered as alternatives to net income as a measure of financial performance or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP, and they should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. You are encouraged to evaluate these adjustments and the reasons we consider them appropriate for supplemental analysis. In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses that are the same as or similar to some of the adjustments in this presentation. There can be no assurance that we will not modify the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin in the future, and any such modification may be material. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin should not be construed to imply that our future results will be unaffected by any such adjustments. In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, may not calculate Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin at all or may calculate Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin differently and accordingly, are not necessarily comparable to similarly entitled measures of other companies, which reduces the usefulness of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin as tools for comparison.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin have their limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin:

do not reflect every expenditure, future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;
do not reflect changes in our working capital needs;
do not reflect the interest expense, or the amounts necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our outstanding debt;

48

Table of Contents

do not reflect income tax (benefit) expense, and because the payment of taxes is part of our operations, tax expense is a necessary element of our costs and ability to operate;

53

Table of Contents

do not reflect non-cash equitystock-based compensation, which will remain a key element of our overall equity-based compensation package; and
do not reflect the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters we consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations.

Although depreciation and amortization are eliminated in the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin do not reflect any costs of such replacements.

Management compensates for these limitations by primarily relying on our GAAP results, while using Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin as supplements to the corresponding GAAP financial measures.

The following table provides a reconciliation of our net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented and the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA margin:

Year Ended December 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

    

2022

    

2021

    

2020

 

(in thousands)

 

(in thousands)

 

Net (loss) income

$

(62,348)

$

15,983

$

7,457

$

(5,694)

$

(62,348)

$

15,983

Depreciation and amortization

 

32,230

 

25,365

 

21,659

 

38,175

 

32,230

 

25,365

Interest expense

 

24,433

 

18,251

 

22,639

 

15,753

 

24,433

 

18,251

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

8,818

 

6,776

 

(4,671)

Income tax expense

 

19,415

 

8,818

 

6,776

Loss on sale and disposal of property and equipment

 

275

 

332

 

680

 

193

 

275

 

332

Restructuring charges(a)

 

906

 

1,265

 

980

 

1,607

 

906

 

1,265

Management fees(b)

 

 

 

500

Stock-based compensation expense

 

128,775

 

1,827

 

808

 

50,634

 

128,775

 

1,827

Unrealized losses (gains) on foreign currency transactions (c)

 

1,151

 

(1,111)

 

(300)

Strategic initiative costs(d)

 

2,531

 

6,264

 

964

Acquisition and integration related costs(e)

 

3,576

 

5,497

 

3,612

Other(f)

 

(4,484)

 

1,656

 

6,722

IPO costs(g)

 

3,956

 

1,731

 

Unrealized losses (gains) on foreign currency transactions (b)

 

2,534

 

1,151

 

(1,111)

Strategic initiative costs(c)

 

3,948

 

2,531

 

6,264

Acquisition and integration related costs(d)

 

326

 

3,576

 

5,497

Loss on extinguishment of debt(e)

3,465

Underwriting fees related to offering of common stock(f)

11,437

Odessa fire(g)

869

IPO costs(h)

 

 

3,956

 

1,731

Other(i)

590

 

(4,484)

 

1,656

Adjusted EBITDA

$

139,819

$

83,836

$

61,050

$

143,252

$

139,819

$

83,836

Net sales

$

630,456

$

403,389

$

317,975

$

695,736

$

630,456

$

403,389

Net (loss) income margin

 

(9.9)

%  

 

4.0

%  

 

2.3

%

 

(0.8)

%  

 

(9.9)

%  

 

4.0

%

Adjusted EBITDA margin

 

22.2

%  

 

20.8

%  

 

19.2

%

 

20.6

%  

 

22.2

%  

 

20.8

%

(a)Represents thecosts related to a cost of shutting downreduction plan announced in 2022 to optimize production and warehouse facilities in Decatur, Georgiashift schedules, implement a workforce reduction, and Mississauga, Ontario, Canada, including the cost to transfer and dispose of property and equipment and involuntary workforce reductions.shut down our Bossier City, Louisiana facility. Also includes severance and other costs for our executive management changes.
(b)Represents management fees paid to our Principal Stockholders in accordance with our arrangement, which terminated as of the effective date of our initial public offering.
(c)Represents foreign currency transaction (gains) and losses associated with our international subsidiaries and changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration recorded in connection with the acquisition of Narellan, which was settled in September 2020.
(d)(c)Represents fees paid to external consultantsexpenses for our strategic initiatives, including our rebranding initiative.initiative and fees paid to external consultants.

49

Table of Contents

(e)(d)Represents acquisition and integration costs primarily related to the acquisitions of Narellan, GLI and Radiant, the equity investment in Premier Pools & Spas, as well as other costs related to potential transactions.

54

Table of Contents

(e)Represents the loss on extinguishment of debt in connection with our debt refinancing on February 23, 2022.
(f)Represents underwriting fees related to our offering of common stock that was completed in January 2022.
(g)Represents costs incurred and insurance recoveries related to a production facility fire in Odessa, Texas.
(h)These expenses are primarily composed of legal, accounting, and professional fees incurred in connection with our initial public offering that are not capitalizable, and that are included within selling, general, and administrative expense.
(i)Other costs consist of other discrete items as determined by management, primarily including: (i) fees paid to external advisors for various matters, (ii) the cost incurred and insurance proceeds related to our production facility fire in Picton, Australia in 2020, (iii) non-cash adjustments to record the step-up in the fair value of inventory related to the acquisition by Pamplona and the acquisitions of Narellan, GLI and Radiant, which arewere amortized through cost of sales in the annual consolidated statements of operations, (iv) gain on sale of portion of equity method investment, and (v) other items.
(g)These expenses are primarily composed of legal, accounting and professional fees incurred in connection with our initial public offering that are not capitalizable, which are included within selling, general and administrative expense.

50

Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

Our primary sources of liquidity are net cash provided by operating activities and availability under our New Revolving Credit Facility. Historically, we have funded working capital requirements, capital expenditures, payments related to acquisitions, and debt service requirements with internally generated cash on hand, and through borrowings under our Amended Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility (each as defined below under “— Our Indebtedness”)credit facilities, and through the issuance of shares of our common stock. Our primary cash needs are to fund working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, and any acquisitions or investments we may undertake. As of December 31, 2021,2022, we had $44.0$32.6 million of cash, $280.4$312.9 million of outstanding borrowings, and an additional $30.0$75.0 million of availability under our New Revolving Credit Facility.

Our primary working capital requirements are for the purchase of inventory, payroll, rent, facility costs and other selling, general, and administrative costs. Our working capital requirements fluctuate during the year, driven primarily by seasonality and the timing of raw material purchases. Our capital expenditures are primarily related to growth, including production capacity, storage, and delivery equipment. We are in the midst of a multi-year capital plan to invest in our facilities, technology, and systems, including investments to expand our fiberglass manufacturing capacity. We expect to fund these capital expenditures from net cash provided by operating activities.

We believe our existing cash, cash generated from operations and availability under our New Revolving Credit Facility, will be adequate to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements over the next 12 months.months, as well as our longer-term liquidity needs. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we expect. We may issue debt or equity securities, which may provide an additional source of liquidity. However, there can be no assurance equity or debt financing will be available to us when we need it or, if available, the terms will be satisfactory to us and not dilutive to our then-current stockholders.

Our Indebtedness

On February 23, 2022, Latham Pool Products, Inc. (“Latham Pool Products”), our wholly owned subsidiary, entered into the New Credit Agreement with Barclays Bank PLC, which provides a senior secured multicurrency revolving line of credit (the “New Revolving Credit Facility”) in an initial principal amount of $75.0 million and a U.S. Dollar senior secured term loan facility (the “New Term Loan Facility”Loan”) in an initial principal amount of $325.0 million. On the closing date, proceeds under the agreement were used to repay and replace $294.0 million under, and terminate, the Credit Agreement (as defined below) and for general corporate purposes.

55

Table of Contents

New Revolving Credit Facility

The New Revolving Credit Facility may be utilized to finance ongoing general corporate and working capital needs and permits Latham Pools Products to borrow loans in U.S. Dollars, Canadian Dollars, Euros and Australian Dollars. The New Revolving Credit Facility matures on February 23, 2027. Loans outstanding under the New Revolving Credit Facility denominated in U.S. Dollars and Canadian Dollars bear interest, at the borrower’s option, at a rate per annum based on Term SOFR or CDO (each, as defined in the New Credit Agreement), as applicable, plus a margin of 3.50%, or at a rate per annum based on the Base Rate or the Canadian Prime Rate (each, as defined in the New Credit Agreement), plus a margin of 2.50%. Loans outstanding under the New Revolving Credit Facility denominated in Euros or Australian Dollars bear interest based on EURIBOR or the AUD Rate (each, as defined in the New Credit Agreement), respectively, plus a margin of 3.50%. A commitment fee accrues on any unused portion of the commitments under the New Revolving Credit Facility. The commitment fee is due and payable quarterly in arrears and is, initially, 0.375% per annum and will, thereafter, accrue at a rate per annum ranging from 0.25% to 0.50%, depending on the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio. The New Revolving Credit Facility is not subject to amortization.

51

Table of Contents

New Term Loan Facility

The New Term Loan Facility matures on February 23, 2029. Loans outstanding under the New Term Loan Facility bear interest, at the borrower’s option, at a rate per annum based on Term SOFR (as defined in the New Credit Agreement), plus a margin ranging from 3.75% to 4.00%, depending on the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the New Credit Agreement, the “First Lien Net Leverage Ratio”), or based on the Base Rate (as defined in the New Credit Agreement), plus a margin ranging from 2.75% to 3.00%, depending on the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio. Loans under the New Term Loan Facility are subject to scheduled quarterly amortization payments equal to 0.25% of the initial principal amount of the New Term Loan Facility.Loan.

Prior Revolving Credit Facility

On December 18, 2018, Latham Pool Products entered into an agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC (“Nomura”) that included a revolving line of credit (the “Revolver”) and letters of credit (“Letters of Credit” or collectively with the Revolver, the “Revolving“Prior Revolving Credit Facility”), as well as athe Prior Term Loan (as described and defined below). The Prior Revolving Credit Facility was utilized to finance ongoing general corporate and working capital needs with the Revolver of up to $30.0 million. The Prior Revolving Credit Facility was terminated in connection with the debt refinancing on February 23, 2022.

Prior Term Loan Facility

Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, Latham Pool Products also borrowed $215.0 million in term loans (the “Term“Prior Term Loan”). The Prior Term Loan was amended on May 29, 2019, to provide additional borrowings of $23.0 million, which was accounted for as a modification to the Prior Term Loan, to fund our acquisition of Narellan (the “First Amendment”). On October 14, 2020, we amended the First Amendment to provide additional borrowings of $20.0 million, which was accounted for as new debt (the “Second Amendment”). The Second Amendment was further amended on January 25, 2021, to provide an additional incremental term loan of $175.0 million (the “Third Amendment”). On January 25, 2021, Latham Pool Products borrowed the incremental term loan, and the proceeds were used on February 2, 2021 to purchase and retire equity interests and to pay a distribution. On March 31, 2021, we amended our Term Loan to revise the applicable reporting requirements (the “Fourth Amendment”). On November 24, 2021, we amended the Prior Term Loan to provide additional borrowings of $50 million (the “Fifth Amendment”). The proceeds from this incremental term loan were used to finance the Radiant Acquisition in part. The Prior Term Loan, collectively with the First Amendment, Second Amendment, Third Amendment, the Fourth Amendment, and the Fifth Amendment, is referred to as the “Amended Prior Term Loan.”

As of December 31, 2021, we were in compliance with all covenants under the Prior Revolving Credit Facility and the Amended Prior Term Loan.

The Amended Prior Term Loan was terminated in connection with the debt refinancing on February 23, 2022.

56

Table of Contents

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our sources and uses of cash for each of the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,

Year Ended December 31,

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

    

2022

    

2021

    

2020

(in thousands)

(in thousands)

Net cash provided by operating activities

$

33,690

$

63,160

$

35,655

$

32,309

$

33,690

$

63,160

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(108,205)

 

(115,805)

 

(27,083)

 

(45,018)

 

(108,205)

 

(115,805)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

60,018

 

54,303

 

16,551

 

3,775

 

60,018

 

54,303

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

(861)

 

997

 

(956)

 

(2,392)

 

(861)

 

997

Net (decrease) increase in cash

$

(15,358)

$

2,655

$

24,167

$

(11,326)

$

(15,358)

$

2,655

52

Table of Contents

Operating Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2022, operating activities provided $32.3 million of cash. Net income (loss), after adjustments for non-cash items, provided cash of $105.9 million. Cash provided by operating activities was further driven by changes in our operating assets and liabilities, which used $73.6 million. Net cash used in changes in our operating assets and liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2022 consisted primarily of a $57.0 million increase in inventories, a $0.5 million increase in other assets, a $19.4 million decrease in accrued expenses and other current liabilities, and a $12.4 million decrease in accounts payable, partially offset by a $9.0 million decrease in trade receivables, a $4.7 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets, a $1.7 million decrease in income tax receivable, and a $0.2 million increase in other long-term liabilities. The change in trade receivables was primarily driven by the timing of net sales, and the increase in inventories was primarily driven by a business decision to carry more inventory, as well as higher costs. The changes in accrued expenses and other current liabilities, and accounts payable were primarily because of volume of purchases and timing of payments.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, operating activities provided $33.7 million of cash. Net income (loss), after adjustments for non-cash items, provided cash of $88.5 million. Cash provided by operating activities was further driven by changes in our operating assets and liabilities, which used $54.8 million. Net cash used in changes in our operating assets and liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2021 consisted primarily of a $26.0 million increase in trade receivables, a $39.7 million increase in inventories, a $4.5 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets, and a $1.2 million decrease in other long-term liabilities, partially offset by a $10.7 million increase in accounts payable, a $4.7 million increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities, a $0.8 million decrease in other assets, and a $0.3 million decrease in income tax receivable. The change in trade receivables was primarily due todriven by the timing of and increase in net sales, and the increase in inventories was primarily due todriven by increased production and cost inflation. The changes in accrued expenses and other current liabilities, and accounts payable were primarily due tobecause of volume of purchases and timing of payments.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, operating activities provided $63.2 million of cash. Net income, after adjustments for non-cash items, provided cash of $42.1 million. Cash provided by operating activities was further driven by changes in our operating assets and liabilities which provided $21.1 million. Net cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2020 consisted primarily of an $20.6 million increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities, a $9.8 million increase in accounts payable and a $9.5 million decrease in trade receivables, partially offset by a $17.0 million increase in inventories and a $4.2 million increase in income tax receivable. The changes in accrued expenses and other current liabilities and accounts payable were primarily due to the increase and timing of payments for rebate accruals, the increase in accrued incentives related to the management incentive bonus plan and GLI acquisition-related fees. The change in trade receivables was driven by the timing of inventory shipments. The increase in inventories was primarily due to increased production in response to customer demand. The increase in income tax receivable was due to estimated tax payments made in in excess of the actual annual tax provision.

Investing Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2022, investing activities used $45.0 million of cash, primarily consisting of the purchase of property and equipment for $39.7 million and acquisitions of businesses of $5.4 million. The purchase of property and equipment was primarily to expand capacity for production, especially for fiberglass pools.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, investing activities used $108.2 million of cash, primarily consisting of the acquisition of Radiant of $90.5 million, and the purchase of property and equipment for $25.0 million, partially offset by proceeds from the sale of equity method investment of $6.8 million and return of equity method investment of $0.4 million. The purchase of property and equipment was primarily to expand capacity for inventory production in order to meet increasing customer demand.

Financing Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2020, investing2022, financing activities used $115.8provided $3.8 million of cash, primarily consisting of proceeds from long-term debt borrowings in connection with the acquisitiondebt refinancing of GLI of $74.7$320.1 million, the equity investment in Premier Pools & Spas of $25.4 million and the purchase of property and equipment for $16.3 million, partially offset by proceeds from the sale of propertycommon stock of $257.7 million and equipmentborrowings on revolving credit facilities of $0.6$25.0 million, partially offset by repayments on long-term debt borrowings of $286.5 million, the repurchase and retirement of common stock of $280.7 million, repayments on revolving credit facility borrowings of $25.0 million, and deferred financing fees paid of $6.9 million. The purchase of property and equipment was to expand capacity for inventory production in order to meet increasing customer demand.

57

Table of Contents

Financing Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2021, financing activities provided $60.0 million of cash, primarily consisting of proceeds from our IPO, net of underwriting discounts, commissions, and offering costs of $399.3 million, proceeds from borrowings on the Amended Prior Term Loan of $222.8 million and borrowings on the Prior Revolving Credit Facility of $16.0 million, partially offset by the repurchase of treasurycommon stock of $281.6 million, payments on long-term debt borrowings of $169.1 million, dividends to Class A unitholders of $110.0 million, and payments on Revolving Credit Facility borrowings of $16.0 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, financing activities provided $54.3 million53

Table of cash, primarily consisting of proceeds from the issuance of common stock of $65.6 million and proceeds from long-term debt borrowings of $20.0 million, partially offset by payments on long-term debt borrowings of $24.0 million and payments to settle the Narellan contingent consideration of $6.6 million.Contents

For discussion on operating, investing, and financing activities of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019,2020, see the Liquidity and Capital Resources section disclosed in Part II, Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of our Prospectus,Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, which was filed with the SEC on January 7,March 10, 2022.

Inflation

We experience inflation and deflation related to our purchase of certain products. This price volatility could potentially have a material impact on our financial condition and/or our results of operations. In order to mitigate price volatility, we monitor price fluctuations and may adjust our selling prices accordingly, however, our ability to recover higher costs through increased pricing may be limited by the competitive environment in which we operate.

Contractual Obligations

Our largest contractual obligations as of December 31, 20212022 consisted of principal payments related to our long-term indebtedness that are included in our consolidated balance sheet and the related periodic interest payments, and non-cancelable capital and operating leases. For a description of our contractual obligations and commitments, see Notes 79 “Long-Term Debt” and 14 “Commitments and Contingencies”13 “Leases” to our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Long-term indebtedness and interest on long-term indebtedness changed materially due to the termination of the Credit Agreement and its replacement with the New Credit Agreement described in “—Our Indebtedness” above since December 31, 2021. As a result, the required principal payments would be $2.4 million in 2022, $3.3 million in 2023, $3.3 million in 2024, $3.3 million in 2025, $3.3 million in 2026, and $309.6 million thereafter. At the new assumed interest rate of 4.37% as of February 23, 2022, required interest payments would be $11.8 million in 2022, $14.0 million in 2023, $13.9 million in 2024, $13.8 million in 2025, $13.6 million in 2026, and $29.0 million thereafter.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. Throughout the preparation of these financial statements, we have made estimates and assumptions that impact the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, and the disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and revenues and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates are based on historical results, trends, and other assumptions we believe to be reasonable. We evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from estimates.

Our significant accounting policies are presented in Note 2 of our consolidated financial statements. We believe that the following critical accounting policies affect the most significant estimates and management judgments used in preparation of the consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

We adopted ASC 606 on January 1, 2019, using the modified retrospective method. This standard applies to all contracts with customers, except for contracts that are within the scope of other standards. The adoption of ASC 606 resulted in a net decrease to retained earnings (accumulated deficit) of $1.7 million, a reduction to prepaid expenses of $1.2 million and an increase to accrued expenses of $0.5 million as of January 1, 2019, as a result of adjusting the timing of recording customer incentives to more closely match the revenues to which they are associated.

58

Table of Contents

With the exception of our extended service warranties and our custom product contracts, we recognize our revenue at a point in time when control of the promised goods is transferred to our customers, and in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those goods. Control of the goods is considered to have been transferred upon shipping or upon arrival at the customer’s destination, depending on the terms of the purchase order. Revenue that is derived from our extended service warranties, which are separately priced and sold, is recognized over the term of the contract. Revenue from custom products is recognized over time utilizing an input method that compares the cost of cumulative work-in-process to date to the most current estimates for the entire cost of the performance obligation. Custom products are generally delivered to the customer within three days of receipt of the purchase order. Each product shipped is considered to be one performance obligation. For each product shipped, the transaction price by product is specified in the purchase order.

We recognize revenue on the transaction price less any estimated rebates, returns, allowances, cash discounts, or other sales incentives. Customer rebates, returns, allowances, cash discounts, and other sales incentives are estimated by applying the portfolio approach using the most-likely-amount method and are recorded as a reduction to revenue at the timerevenue.

54

Table of the initial sale.Contents

Customer Rebates and Cash Discounts

We offer rebates to our customers based on factors such as the total amount of the customer’s purchase and expected sales for a particular customer during the year. Rebates are estimated by applying the portfolio approach using the most-likely-amount method and are deducted from revenue at the time of sale. Estimates are updated each reporting period and are allocated accordingly to the performance obligations of the contract (the individual products).

Business Combinations

We account for business combinations that are deemed to be businesses under the acquisition method of accounting. Application of this method of accounting requires that the identifiable assets acquired (including identifiable intangible assets) and liabilities assumed generally be measured and recognized at fair value as of the acquisition date. Any contingent assets acquired and contingent liabilities assumed are also recognized at fair value if we can reasonably estimate fair value during the measurement period. We remeasure any contingent liabilities at fair value in each subsequent reporting period. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management’s judgment, based on available information at the time of acquisition and subsequently obtained during a measurement period up to one year following the date of acquisition, relating to events or circumstances that existed at the acquisition date. Management’s judgment relies upon estimates and assumptions related to future cash flows, discount rates, useful lives of assets, market conditions, and other items. The fair value of intangible assets other than goodwill acquired in a business combination are estimated in accordance with the policy described below.

The fair value of intangible assets other than goodwill acquired in a business combination is recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition. Management values dealer relationships and franchise relationships using the multi-period excess earnings method. Under this method, the value of an intangible asset is equal to the present value of the after-tax cash flows attributable solely to the intangible asset, after making adjustments for the required return on and of the other associated assets. We value trade names, trademarks, and proprietary pool designs using the relief from royalty method. The relief-from-royalty method determines the present value of the economic royalty savings associated with the ownership or possession of the trade name, trademark, or proprietary pool design based on an estimated royalty rate applied to the cash flows to be generated by the business. The estimated royalty rate is determined based on the assessment of a reasonable royalty rate that a third party would negotiate in an arm’s-length license agreement for the use of the trade name, trademark, or proprietary pool design.

59

Table of Contents

Impairment of Goodwill

We evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually, or more frequently when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. We have selected the first day of the fourth fiscal quarter to perform our annual goodwill impairment testing. Historically, including for our annual impairment test conducted during the year ended December 31, 2020, we had two reporting units for the purpose of performing our goodwill impairment test. In November 2020, we made changes to our internal organizational structure, including roles and responsibilities and to our internal reporting, resulting in a change to segment management. As a result of the change in segment management and in the information that is regularly reviewed, the results of the previous two reporting units are no longer being reviewed for profitability on an individual basis. Due to these factors, we recognized a change in our reporting units effective in November 2020 and determined that only one reporting unit exists. We completed an assessment of any potential impairment for all reporting units immediately prior to and after the reporting unit change and determined that no impairment existed.

We may assess our goodwill for impairment initially using a qualitative approach, or step zero, to determine whether conditions exist to indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value. The qualitative assessment requires significant judgments by management about economic conditions including the entity’s operating environment, its industry and other market considerations, entity-specific events related to financial performance or loss of key personnel, and other events that could impact the reporting unit. If management concludes, based on assessment of relevant events, facts, and circumstances, that it is more likely than not that the reporting unit’s fair value is greater than its carrying value, no further impairment testing is required.

If our assessment of qualitative factors indicates that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, then a quantitative assessment is performed. We may also elect to initially perform a quantitative analysis instead of starting with step zero. The quantitative analysis requires comparing the carrying value of the reporting unit, including goodwill, to its fair value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not considered to be impaired and no further testing is required. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, there is an impairment of goodwill and an impairment loss is recorded. We calculate the

55

Table of Contents

impairment loss by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit less the carrying value, including goodwill. The goodwill impairment is limited to the carrying value of the goodwill.

Based on the results of the qualitative assessmentassessments performed for our one reporting unit, we determined that goodwill was not impaired at October 2, 2022 or October 3, 2021. BasedHowever, if factors exist that could indicate an impairment in the future, including a sustained decrease in our stock price, we may be required to record impairment charges in future periods.

The qualitative factors we assessed included economic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall financial performance, and other entity specific events. In addition, we considered our market capitalization based on quoted market prices of our securities on the results of our quantitative impairment test performed for our two reporting units at September 27, 2020, we determined that goodwill was not impaired at September 27, 2020.

For our quantitative impairment test performed for our reporting units at September 27, 2020, we estimated the fair value of our reporting unit based on the weighting of the enterprise value derived using an income approach and a market approach. We applied a weighting of 75% to the income approach and a weighting of 25% to the market approach. Under the income approach, fair value is estimated using a discounted cash flow (the “DCF”) analysis. The DCF analysis involved applying appropriate discount rates to estimated future cash flows based on forecasts of sales, costs and capital requirements. Significant estimates in the DCF method included the weighted average cost of capital, growth and profitability expectationsNasdaq Global Select Market, adjusted for the business, and working capital effects. The weighted average costeffect of capital accounts for the time value of money and the appropriate degree of risks inherent in our business. We estimated future sales growth using a number of factors, including among others, our nature and our history, financial and economic conditions affecting us, our industry and the general company, past results and our current operations and future prospects. Forecasts of future operations are based, in part, on operating results and our expectationscontrol premium as to future market conditions. We deemed the discount rate used in our analysis to be commensurate with the underlying uncertainties associated with achieving the estimated cash flows we project. This analysis contained uncertainties because it required us to make assumptions and to apply judgments to estimate industry economic factors and the profitability of future business strategies. Under the market approach, fair value is estimated using the merger and acquisition (“M&A”) method. The M&A method indicates our enterprise valuecontemplated by looking at historical prices from our completed M&A transactions and those from comparable companies to get a range of multiples. Significant estimates in the M&A method included identifying appropriate market multiples and assessing earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, in estimating the fair value of the reporting unit.ASC 350.

60

Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation is measured and recognized based on the grant date fair value of the awards. The fair value of our common stock is determined based on the quoted market price of our common stock for purposes of computing stockstock-based compensation expense. For stock options, we use a Black-Scholes model for estimating the grant date fair value. The Black-Scholes pricing model requires critical assumptions including risk-free rate, volatility, expected term and expected dividend yield. The expected term is computed using the simplified method. We use the simplified method to calculate expected term of the stock options assince we do not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues similar in duration to the expected term of the stock-based award. We consider the historical volatility of our stock price, as well as implied volatility. We utilized a dividend yield of zero, as we have no history or plan of declaring dividends on our common stock. The assumptions underlying these valuations represented our best estimate, which involved inherent uncertainties and the application of judgment. As a result, if we had used significantly different assumptions or estimates, the fair value of our stock-based compensation expense could have been materially different.

For stock options, restricted stock awards, and restricted stock units, stock-based compensation is recognized using a graded vesting method over the requisite service period in which employees earn the awards. We account for forfeitures of stock-based awards as they occur rather than applying an estimated forfeiture rate to stock-based compensation expense.

Contemporaneously with the pricing of our IPO, on April 22, 2021, we effected the Omnibus Incentive Plan in which we granted to certain of our employees restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, and option awards inclusive of the as converted Class B units as a result of the Reorganization.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences resulting from the different treatment of items for tax and financial reporting purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to reverse. We reduce deferred taxes by a valuation allowance when we conclude such deferred taxes are not more than likely to be realized. The determination of whether a deferred tax asset will be realized is made on both a jurisdictional basis and the use of our estimate of the recoverability of the deferred tax asset. In evaluating whether a valuation allowance is required under such rules, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including our prior operating results, the nature and reason for any losses, our forecast of future taxable income in each respective tax jurisdiction and the dates on which any deferred tax assets are expected to expire. These assumptions require a significant amount of judgment, including estimates of future taxable income. As of both December 31, 20212022 and 2020,2021, our valuation allowance was $0.0 million and $12.7 million, respectively.million. We continue to assess whether any significant changes in circumstances or assumptions have occurred that could materially affect our ability to realize deferred tax assets. We released the valuation allowance in 2021 since we believe we have sufficient positive evidence, including, but not limited to, three years’ of cumulative pre-tax book

56

Table of Contents

income, including permanent adjustments and recent profits within taxing jurisdictions, to overcome any negative evidence related to loss utilization expiration periods.

We record liabilities for uncertain income tax positions based on a two-step process. The first step is recognition, where an individual tax position is evaluated as to whether it has a likelihood of greater than 50% of being sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The amount of the benefit that may be recognized is the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized on ultimate settlement. The actual benefits ultimately realized may differ from the estimates. We classify interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax (benefit) expense within the consolidated statements of operations.

61

Table of Contents

Although we believe that we have adequately reserved for our uncertain tax positions, we can provide no assurance that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be materially different. In future periods, changes in facts, circumstances, and new information may require us to change the recognition and measurement estimates with regard to individual tax positions. Our liabilities for uncertain tax positions were $5.7$7.1 million and $5.5$5.7 million for the years ended December 31, 20212022 and 2020,2021, respectively. Changes in recognition and measurement estimates are recorded in income tax (benefit) expense and liability in the period in which such changes occur.

Off-Balance Sheet ArrangementsEmerging Growth Company Status

The JOBS Act permits an “emerging growth company” such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We didhave elected not have duringto “opt out” of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we will adopt the periods presented,new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard and will do so until such time that we do not currently have,either (i) irrevocably elect to “opt out” of such extended transition period or (ii) no longer qualify as an emerging growth company. We may choose to early adopt any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC.new or revised accounting standards whenever such early adoption is permitted for private companies.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

A description of recently issued accounting pronouncements that may potentially impact our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows is disclosed in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Market risk is the potential loss that may result from market changes associated with our business or with an existing or forecasted financial transaction. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices, and other market changes. We are exposed to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates because we finance certain operations through variable rate debt instruments and denominate some of our transactions in foreign currencies. Changes in these rates may have an impact on future cash flow and earnings. We manage these risks through normal operating and financing activities.

Interest Rate Risk

We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with our long-term debt. Our principal interest rate risk relates to borrowings under the Credit Agreement and the New Credit Agreement. To meet our working capital needs, we borrowed periodically on our Revolving Credit Facility under the Credit Agreement and will continue to borrow periodically on our New Revolving Credit Facility under the New Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2021,2022, we had outstanding borrowings of $284.0$322.6 million face value under our AmendedNew Term Loan and no borrowings on the New Revolving Credit Facility. The AmendedNew Term Loan and New Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at variable rates. Interest rate risk associated with our New Credit Agreement is managed through an interest rate swap, which we originally executed on

57

Table of Contents

April 30, 2020. We amended our interest rate swap to change the index rate from LIBOR to SOFR in connection with the New Credit Agreement. The interest rate swap has an effective date of May 18, 2020 and a termination date of May 18, 2023. After inclusion of the notional amount of $200.0 million of our interest rate swap fixing a portion of the variable rate debt, $84.0$122.6 million, or 29.6%38.0%, of our debt is subject to variable rates. An increase or decrease of 1.0% in the effective interest rate would cause an increase or decrease to annual interest expense of approximately $0.8$1.2 million. The term loan outstanding under the New Credit Agreement and New Revolving Credit Facility also bear interest at variable rates. We amended our interest rate swap to change the index rate from LIBOR to SOFR in connection with the New Credit Agreement. As of February 23, 2022, we had outstanding borrowings of $325.0 million face value on the term loan under the New Credit Agreement and $10.0 million of borrowings on the Revolving Credit Facility. After inclusion of the notional amount of $200.0 million of our interest rate swap fixing a portion of the variable rate debt, $135.0 million, or 40.3%, of our debt is subject to variable rates. An increase or decrease of 1.0% in the effective interest rate would cause an increase or decrease to interest expense of approximately $1.4 million.

62

Table of Contents

Credit Risk

Financial instruments that subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and trade receivables. We may have bank deposits in excess of insurance limits of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation from time to time. We also have bank deposits in international accounts. We have not historically sustained any credit losses in such accounts and believe that we are not exposed to any significant credit risk related to our cash. We routinely review the financial strength of our customers before extending credit and believe that our trade receivables credit risk exposure is limited. Generally, we do not require collateral from our customers.

During the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 2020 and 2019,2020, one customer represented approximately 25.0%20.3%, 22.3%25.0% and 25.7%22.3% of our net sales, respectively. As of December 31, 20212022 and 2020,2021, outstanding trade receivables related to this customer were $10.7$1.6 million and $5.4$10.7 million, respectively.

Foreign Currency Risk

Our foreign operations are denominated in local currency, which is the functional currency and areis then translated to U.S. dollars. Assets and liabilities are translated using the current rate of exchange at the balance sheet date or historical rates of exchange, as applicable. Revenue and expenses are translated using the average monthly exchange rates prevailing throughout the reporting period. The related foreign currency translation adjustments are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss in stockholders’ equity.

Additionally, our Canadian subsidiaries, which have Canadian dollar functional currencies, purchase some inventory with U.S. dollars, resulting in payables that are denominated in U.S. dollars. This exposes us to the risk of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates until the time of payment. Transaction gains and losses associated with purchases made by Canadian subsidiaries that are denominated in currencies other than Canadian dollar are recognized as a component of other expense, net within the consolidated statements of operations.

Currently, our largest foreign currency exposure is that with respect to the Australian dollar and the Canadian dollar. We believe that a 10% change in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the Australian or Canadian dollar would not materially impact our operating results or financial position. We have experienced and we will continue to experience fluctuations in our net income (loss) as a result of revaluing our assets and liabilities that are not denominated in the functional currency of the entity that recorded the asset or liability. At this time, we do not hedge our foreign currency risk.

Inflation

We experience inflation and deflation related to our purchase of certain products. This price volatility could potentially have a material impact on our financial condition and/or our results of operations. In order to mitigate price volatility, we monitor price fluctuations and may adjust our selling prices accordingly, however, our ability to recover higher costs through increased pricing may be limited by the competitive environment in which we operate.

Emerging Growth Company Status

The JOBS Act permits an “emerging growth company” such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected not to “opt out” of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we will adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard and will do so until such time that we either (i) irrevocably elect to “opt out” of such extended transition period or (ii) no longer qualify as an emerging growth company. We may choose to early adopt any new or revised accounting standards whenever such early adoption is permitted for private companies.

6358

Table of Contents

Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID No. 34)

6660

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 20212022 and 20202021

6761

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2022, 2021 2020 and 20192020

6862

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2022, 2021 2020 and 20192020

6963

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2022, 2021 2020 and 20192020

7064

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2022, 2021 2020 and 20192020

7165

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

7266

6459

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Latham Group, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations of Latham Group, Inc. (formerly Latham Topco, Inc.) and its subsidiaries (the Company) for the year ended December 31, 2019, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, except for effects of the adjustments, if any, as might have been determined to be necessary had we been engaged to audit the Company's restatement of the effects of the Reorganization, as described below, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year in the period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Reorganization

We were not engaged to audit the effects of the adjustments to retrospectively reflect the Reorganization as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019, as discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

Except as discussed above, we conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. According, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ RSM US LLP

We served as the Company’s auditor from 2006 to 2019.

Blue Bell, Pennsylvania

December 15, 2020, except for Note 21, as to which the date is March 10, 2021, and except for the effects of the stock split described in Note 1, as to which the date is April 14, 2021

65

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Latham Group, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Latham Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 20212022 and 2020,2021, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows, for each of the twothree years in the period ended December 31, 2021,2022, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 20212022 and 2020,2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the twothree years in the period ended December 31, 2021,2022, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The consolidated financial statements of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2019, before the effects of the adjustments to retrospectively reflect the Reorganization discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, were audited by other auditors whose report, dated December 15, 2020 (except for Note 21, as to which the date is March 10, 2021, and except for the effects of the Stock Split described in Note 1, as to which the date is April 14, 2021), expressed an unqualified opinion on those statements. We have also audited the adjustments to the 2019 consolidated financial statements to retrospectively reflect the Reorganization, as discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements. In our opinion, such retrospective adjustments are appropriate and have been properly applied. However, we were not engaged to audit, review, or apply any procedures to the 2019 consolidated financial statements of the Company other than with respect to the retrospective adjustments, and accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on the 2019 consolidated financial statements taken as a whole

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Hartford, Connecticut
March 10, 20227, 2023

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

6660

Table of Contents

Latham Group, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

December 31, 

    

2021

    

2020

Assets

Current assets:

 

  

 

  

Cash

$

43,952

$

59,310

Trade receivables, net

 

60,753

 

32,758

Inventories, net

 

109,556

 

64,818

Income tax receivable

 

4,039

 

4,377

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

10,766

 

6,063

Total current assets

 

229,066

 

167,326

Property and equipment, net

 

63,506

 

47,357

Equity method investment

 

23,362

 

25,384

Deferred tax assets

 

10,603

 

345

Deferred offering costs

 

 

1,041

Goodwill

 

128,871

 

115,750

Intangible assets, net

 

338,310

 

289,473

Other assets

765

Total assets

$

794,483

$

646,676

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

  

 

  

Current liabilities:

 

  

 

  

Accounts payable

$

37,998

$

26,917

Accounts payable – related party

 

850

 

500

Current maturities of long-term debt

 

17,220

 

13,042

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

59,097

 

53,478

Total current liabilities

 

115,165

 

93,937

Long-term debt, net of discount and current portion

 

263,188

 

208,454

Deferred income tax liabilities, net

 

56,343

 

55,193

Liability for uncertain tax positions

 

5,689

 

5,540

Other long-term liabilities

 

453

 

1,943

Total liabilities

 

440,838

 

365,067

Commitments and contingencies

 

  

 

  

Stockholders’ equity:

 

  

 

  

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 100,000,000 and 0 shares authorized as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively; 0 shares issued and outstanding as of both December 31, 2021 and 2020

0

0

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 900,000,000 and 500,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively; 119,445,611 and 118,854,249 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively

 

12

 

12

Additional paid-in capital

 

401,846

 

265,478

(Accumulated deficit) retained earnings

 

(48,583)

 

13,765

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

370

 

2,354

Total stockholders’ equity

 

353,645

 

281,609

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$

794,483

$

646,676

December 31,

    

2022

    

2021

Assets

Current assets:

 

  

 

  

Cash

$

32,626

$

43,952

Trade receivables, net

 

48,847

 

60,753

Inventories, net

 

165,220

 

109,556

Income tax receivable

 

2,316

 

4,039

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

5,998

 

10,766

Total current assets

 

255,007

 

229,066

Property and equipment, net

 

98,184

 

63,506

Equity method investment

 

25,095

 

23,362

Deferred tax assets

 

7,762

 

10,603

Operating lease right-of-use assets

38,308

Goodwill

 

131,383

 

128,871

Intangible assets, net

 

309,215

 

338,310

Other assets

4,729

765

Total assets

$

869,683

$

794,483

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

  

 

  

Current liabilities:

 

  

 

  

Accounts payable

$

25,449

$

37,998

Accounts payable – related party

 

358

 

850

Current maturities of long-term debt

 

3,250

 

17,220

Current operating lease liabilities

6,923

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

50,885

 

59,097

Total current liabilities

 

86,865

 

115,165

Long-term debt, net of discount and current portion

 

309,631

 

263,188

Deferred income tax liabilities, net

 

50,181

 

56,343

Liability for uncertain tax positions

 

7,123

 

5,689

Non-current operating lease liabilities

32,391

Other long-term liabilities

 

702

 

453

Total liabilities

 

486,893

 

440,838

Commitments and contingencies

 

  

 

  

Stockholders’ equity:

 

  

 

  

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized as of both December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021; no shares issued and outstanding as of both December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 900,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021; 114,667,975 and 119,445,611 shares issued and outstanding, as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively

 

11

 

12

Additional paid-in capital

 

440,880

 

401,846

Accumulated deficit

 

(54,568)

 

(48,583)

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

 

(3,533)

 

370

Total stockholders’ equity

 

382,790

 

353,645

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$

869,683

$

794,483

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

6761

Table of Contents

Latham Group, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

Year Ended December 31, 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

Net sales

$

630,456

$

403,389

$

317,975

Cost of sales

 

426,294

 

260,616

 

219,819

Gross profit

 

204,162

 

142,773

 

98,156

Selling, general and administrative expense

 

217,775

 

85,527

 

57,388

Amortization

 

22,566

 

17,347

 

15,643

(Loss) income from operations

 

(36,179)

 

39,899

 

25,125

Other expense (income):

 

  

 

  

 

  

Interest expense

 

24,433

 

18,251

 

22,639

Other (income) expense, net

 

(4,860)

 

(1,111)

 

(300)

Total other expense (income), net

 

19,573

 

17,140

 

22,339

Earnings from equity method investment

2,222

(Loss) income before income taxes

 

(53,530)

 

22,759

 

2,786

Income tax (benefit) expense

 

8,818

 

6,776

 

(4,671)

Net (loss) income

$

(62,348)

$

15,983

$

7,457

Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Basic

$

(0.56)

$

0.16

$

0.08

Diluted

$

(0.56)

$

0.16

$

0.08

Weighted-average common shares outstanding – basic and diluted

 

  

 

  

 

  

Basic

 

110,644,366

 

101,606,966

 

95,032,265

Diluted

 

110,644,366

 

102,602,738

 

95,400,528

Year Ended December 31,

    

2022

    

2021

    

2020

Net sales

$

695,736

$

630,456

$

403,389

Cost of sales

 

479,267

 

426,294

 

260,616

Gross profit

 

216,469

 

204,162

 

142,773

Selling, general, and administrative expense

 

146,842

 

217,775

 

85,527

Underwriting fees related to offering of common stock

11,437

Amortization

 

28,180

 

22,566

 

17,347

Income (loss) from operations

 

30,010

 

(36,179)

 

39,899

Other expense (income):

 

  

 

  

 

  

Interest expense

 

15,753

 

24,433

 

18,251

Loss on extinguishment of debt

3,465

Other expense (income), net

 

1,301

 

(4,860)

 

(1,111)

Total other expense, net

 

20,519

 

19,573

 

17,140

Earnings from equity method investment

4,230

2,222

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

13,721

 

(53,530)

 

22,759

Income tax expense

 

19,415

 

8,818

 

6,776

Net (loss) income

$

(5,694)

$

(62,348)

$

15,983

Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Basic

$

(0.05)

$

(0.56)

$

0.16

Diluted

$

(0.05)

$

(0.56)

$

0.16

Weighted-average common shares outstanding – basic and diluted

 

  

 

  

 

  

Basic

 

113,245,421

 

110,644,366

 

101,606,966

Diluted

 

113,245,421

 

110,644,366

 

102,602,738

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

6862

Table of Contents

Latham Group, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income

(in thousands)

Year Ended December 31, 

Year Ended December 31,

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

    

2022

    

2021

    

2020

Net (loss) income

$

(62,348)

$

15,983

$

7,457

$

(5,694)

$

(62,348)

$

15,983

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

(1,984)

 

2,825

 

(664)

 

(3,903)

 

(1,984)

 

2,825

Benefit pension plan adjustments

 

 

 

(6)

Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

 

(1,984)

 

2,825

 

(670)

 

(3,903)

 

(1,984)

 

2,825

Comprehensive (loss) income

$

(64,332)

$

18,808

$

6,787

$

(9,597)

$

(64,332)

$

18,808

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

6963

Table of Contents

Latham Group, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(in thousands, except share amounts)

Accumulated

(Accumulated

Other

Additional

Deficit)

Comprehensive

Total

Common Stock

Paid-in

Retained

Income

Stockholders’

    

Shares

    

Amount

    

Capital

    

Earnings

    

(Loss)

    

Equity

Balances at December 31, 2018

 

92,925,353

$

10

$

188,049

$

(7,978)

$

199

$

180,280

Net income

 

 

 

 

7,457

 

 

7,457

Cumulative effect of adoption of new revenue recognition standard (Note 2)

 

 

 

 

(1,697)

 

 

(1,697)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

(664)

 

(664)

Defined benefit pension plan adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

(6)

 

(6)

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

3,673,677

 

 

7,817

 

 

 

7,817

Repurchase and retirement of treasury stock

 

(100,087)

 

 

(200)

 

 

 

(200)

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

808

 

 

 

808

Balances at December 31, 2019

 

96,498,943

 

10

 

196,474

 

(2,218)

 

(471)

 

193,795

Net income

 

 

 

 

15,983

 

 

15,983

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

2,825

 

2,825

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

21,871,850

 

2

 

65,551

 

 

 

65,553

Repurchase and retirement of treasury stock

 

(275,238)

 

 

(582)

 

 

 

(582)

Contingent consideration settlement

 

758,694

 

 

2,208

 

 

 

2,208

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

1,827

 

 

 

1,827

Balances at December 31, 2020

 

118,854,249

12

265,478

13,765

2,354

281,609

Net loss

(62,348)

(62,348)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

(1,984)

(1,984)

Dividend to Class A unitholders ($1.00 per share)

(110,033)

(110,033)

Issuance of restricted stock in connection with the Reorganization

8,340,126

1

(1)

Issuance of common stock upon conversion of Class B units

4,145,987

Net proceeds from initial public offering

23,000,000

2

399,262

399,264

Repurchase and retirement of treasury stock

(33,931,091)

(3)

(281,635)

(281,638)

Retirement of restricted stock

(1,014,976)

Issuance of common stock upon release of restricted stock units

51,316

Stock-based compensation expense

128,775

128,775

Balances at December 31, 2021

 

119,445,611

$

12

$

401,846

$

(48,583)

$

370

$

353,645

Accumulated

(Accumulated

Other

Additional

Deficit)

Comprehensive

Total

Common Stock

Paid-in

Retained

(Loss)

Stockholders’

    

Shares

    

Amount

    

Capital

    

Earnings

    

Income

    

Equity

Balances at December 31, 2019

 

96,498,943

$

10

$

196,474

$

(2,218)

$

(471)

$

193,795

Net income

 

 

 

 

15,983

 

 

15,983

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

2,825

 

2,825

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

21,871,850

 

2

 

65,551

 

 

 

65,553

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

 

(275,238)

 

 

(582)

 

 

 

(582)

Contingent consideration settlement

758,694

2,208

2,208

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

1,827

 

 

 

1,827

Balances at December 31, 2020

 

118,854,249

 

12

 

265,478

 

13,765

 

2,354

 

281,609

Net loss

 

 

 

 

(62,348)

 

 

(62,348)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

(1,984)

 

(1,984)

Dividend to Class A unitholders ($1.00 per share)

(110,033)

(110,033)

Issuance of restricted stock in connection with the Reorganization

8,340,126

1

(1)

Issuance of common stock upon conversion of Class B units

4,145,987

Net proceeds from initial public offering

23,000,000

2

399,262

399,264

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

 

(33,931,091)

 

(3)

 

(281,635)

 

 

 

(281,638)

Retirement of restricted stock

 

(1,014,976)

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock upon release of restricted stock units

51,316

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

128,775

 

 

 

128,775

Balances at December 31, 2021

 

119,445,611

12

401,846

(48,583)

370

353,645

Cumulative effect of adoption of new accounting standard- leases

(291)

(291)

Net loss

(5,694)

(5,694)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

(3,903)

(3,903)

Proceeds from sale of common stock

13,800,000

1

269,099

269,100

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

(13,800,244)

(1)

(257,662)

(257,663)

Repurchases and retirements of common stock under Repurchase Program

(4,483,620)

(1)

(23,037)

(23,038)

Retirement of restricted stock

(480,385)

Issuance of common stock upon release of restricted stock units

186,613

Stock-based compensation expense

50,634

50,634

Balances at December 31, 2022

 

114,667,975

$

11

$

440,880

$

(54,568)

$

(3,533)

$

382,790

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

7064

Table of Contents

Latham Group, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

Year Ended December 31, 

Year Ended December 31,

2021

    

2020

    

2019

2022

    

2021

    

2020

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net (loss) income

$

(62,348)

$

15,983

$

7,457

$

(5,694)

$

(62,348)

$

15,983

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Depreciation and amortization

 

32,230

 

25,365

 

21,659

 

38,175

 

32,230

 

25,365

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount

 

6,419

 

2,317

 

3,151

 

1,570

 

6,419

 

2,317

Non-cash lease expense

7,400

Deferred income taxes

 

(12,028)

 

(4,670)

 

(10,226)

 

(3,802)

 

(12,028)

 

(4,670)

Stock-based compensation expense

 

128,775

 

1,827

 

808

 

50,634

 

128,775

 

1,827

Other non-cash

493

1,024

933

Underwriting fees related to offering of common stock

11,437

Loss on extinguishment of debt

3,465

Other non-cash, net

3,015

493

1,024

Gain on sale of portion of equity method investment

(4,806)

(4,806)

Earnings from equity method investment

(2,222)

(4,230)

(2,222)

Distributions received from equity method investment

1,808

2,497

1,808

Provision on liability for uncertain tax positions

 

149

 

465

 

5,075

 

1,434

 

149

 

465

Change in fair value of contingent consideration for Narellan Group Pty Limited

 

 

(204)

 

1,441

 

 

 

(204)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Trade receivables

 

(26,015)

 

9,462

 

(7,104)

 

8,992

 

(26,015)

 

9,462

Inventories

 

(39,656)

 

(17,023)

 

12,960

 

(57,034)

 

(39,656)

 

(17,023)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

(4,455)

 

1,680

 

1,460

 

4,722

 

(4,455)

 

1,680

Income tax receivable

 

338

 

(4,190)

 

(503)

 

1,723

 

338

 

(4,190)

Other assets

800

(466)

800

Accounts payable

 

10,678

 

9,775

 

(2,278)

 

(12,358)

 

10,678

 

9,775

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

4,686

 

20,556

 

699

 

(19,420)

 

4,686

 

20,556

Other long-term liabilities

 

(1,156)

 

793

 

123

 

249

 

(1,156)

 

793

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

33,690

 

63,160

 

35,655

 

32,309

 

33,690

 

63,160

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Purchases of property and equipment

 

(24,975)

 

(16,264)

 

(8,165)

 

(39,684)

 

(24,975)

 

(16,264)

Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment

 

35

 

579

 

1,296

 

24

 

35

 

579

Acquisitions of businesses, net of cash acquired

 

(90,508)

 

(74,736)

 

(20,214)

 

(5,358)

 

(90,508)

 

(74,736)

Return of equity method investment

447

Equity method investment in Premier Pools & Spas

 

 

(25,384)

 

(25,384)

Return of equity method investment

447

Proceeds from the sale of portion of equity method investment

6,796

6,796

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(108,205)

 

(115,805)

 

(27,083)

 

(45,018)

 

(108,205)

 

(115,805)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Proceeds from long-term debt borrowings

 

222,813

 

20,000

 

22,310

 

320,125

 

222,813

 

20,000

Payments on long-term debt borrowings

 

(169,138)

 

(24,044)

 

(5,809)

 

(286,447)

 

(169,138)

 

(24,044)

Proceeds from borrowings on revolving credit facility

16,000

Proceeds from borrowings on revolving credit facilities

25,000

16,000

Payments on revolving credit facility

(16,000)

(25,000)

(16,000)

Deferred financing fees paid

(1,250)

(6,865)

(1,250)

Dividend to Class A unitholders

(110,033)

(110,033)

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

 

65,553

 

250

Proceeds from the issuance of common stock

 

257,663

 

 

65,553

Proceeds from initial public offering, net of underwriting discounts, commissions and offering costs

399,264

399,264

Repurchase and retirement of treasury stock

(281,638)

(582)

(200)

Repurchases and retirements of common stock

(280,701)

(281,638)

(582)

Payments of Narellan Group Pty Limited contingent consideration

 

 

(6,624)

 

 

 

 

(6,624)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

60,018

 

54,303

 

16,551

 

3,775

 

60,018

 

54,303

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

(861)

 

997

 

(956)

 

(2,392)

 

(861)

 

997

Net (decrease) increase in cash

 

(15,358)

 

2,655

 

24,167

 

(11,326)

 

(15,358)

 

2,655

Cash at beginning of period

 

59,310

 

56,655

 

32,488

 

43,952

 

59,310

 

56,655

Cash at end of period

$

43,952

$

59,310

$

56,655

$

32,626

$

43,952

$

59,310

Supplemental cash flow information:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Cash paid for interest

$

17,371

$

15,625

$

19,488

$

12,621

$

17,371

$

15,625

Income taxes paid, net

$

20,054

$

14,815

$

168

20,313

20,054

14,815

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

$

664

$

1,235

$

312

$

6,029

$

664

$

1,235

Capitalized internal-use software included in accounts payable – related party

$

850

$

500

$

350

850

500

Deferred offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

$

$

1,040

$

1,040

Fair value of contingent consideration recorded in connection with acquisition of Narellan Group Pty Limited

$

$

$

8,869

Fair value of 758,694 and 3,548,568 shares of common stock issued during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, in connection with the acquisition of Narellan Group Pty Limited

$

$

2,208

$

7,567

Right-of-use operating assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities

46,244

Fair value of 758,694 shares of common stock issued during the year ended December 31, 2020 in connection with the acquisition of Narellan Pty Limited

2,208

Change in defined benefit pension plan liability

$

$

(149)

$

31

(149)

Net working capital adjustment receivable

$

$

750

$

750

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

7165

Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

1.NATURE OF THE BUSINESS

Latham Group, Inc. (“the Company”) wholly owns Latham Pool Products, Inc. (“Latham Pool Products”) (together, “Latham”) and a designer, manufacturer, and marketer of in-ground residential swimming pools in North America, Australia, and New Zealand. Latham offers a portfolio of pools and related products, including in-ground swimming pools, pool liners, and pool covers.

On December 18, 2018, Latham Investment Holdings, LP (“Parent”), an investment fund managed by affiliates of Pamplona Capital Management (the “Sponsor”), Wynnchurch Capital, L.P., and management acquired all of the outstanding equity interests of Latham Topco., Inc. a newly incorporated entity in the State of Delaware. Latham Topco, Inc. changed its name to Latham Group, Inc. on March 3, 2021.

Stock Split, Initial Public Offering and Reorganization

On April 13, 2021, the Company’s certificate of incorporation was amended and restated. On April 13, 2021, the Company effected a 109,673.709-for-one stock split of its issued and outstanding shares of common stock. Accordingly, all share and per share data included in these consolidated financial statements and notes thereto have been adjusted retroactively to reflect the impact of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the stock split. Refer to Note 1820 for additional detail.

On April 27, 2021, the Company completed its initial public offering (the “IPO”), pursuant to which it issued and sold 23,000,000 shares of common stock, inclusive of 3,000,000 shares sold by the Company pursuant to the full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. The aggregate net proceeds received by the Company from the IPO were $399.3 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering costs.

Prior to the closing of the Company’s IPO on April 27, 2021 (the “Closing of the IPO”), the Company’s parent entity, Parent, merged with and into Latham Group, Inc. (the “Reorganization”). Refer to Note 1820 for additional detail.

2.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). The Company’s consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience, known trends, and other market-specific or other relevant factors that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Estimates are evaluated on an ongoing basis and revised as there are changes in circumstances, facts, and experience. Changes in estimates are recorded in the period in which they become known.

7266

Table of Contents

Seasonality

Although the Company generally has demand for its products throughout the year, its business is seasonal and weather is one of the principal external factors affecting the business. In general, net sales and net income are highest during spring and summer, representing the peak months of swimming pool use, pool installation, and remodeling and repair activities. Sales periods having severe weather may also affect net sales.

Revenue RecognitionLeases

On January 1, 2022, the Company adopted ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842),” and the related amendments (collectively “ASC 842”). The optional transition method of adoption was used, in which the cumulative effect of initially applying the new standard to existing leases was $0.3 million to record the operating lease right-of-use assets and the related liabilities as of January 1, 2022. Under this method of adoption, the comparative information has not been revised and continues to be reported under the previously applicable lease accounting guidance (“ASC 840”).

For leases with initial terms greater than 12 months, the Company considers these right-of-use assets and records the related asset and obligation at the present value of lease payments over the term. For leases with initial terms equal to or less than 12 months, the Company does not consider them as right-of-use assets and instead considers them short-term lease costs that are recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company’s leases may include escalation clauses, renewal options and/or termination options that are factored into the Company’s determination of lease term and lease payments when it is reasonably certain the option will be exercised. The Company has elected to take the practical expedient and not separate lease and non-lease components of contracts. The Company estimates an incremental borrowing rate to discount the lease payments based on information available at lease commencement because the implicit rate of the lease is generally not known.

The Company adopted accounting standards codification (“ASC”)leases vehicles, manufacturing facilities, office space, land, and equipment under operating leases. The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. A contract is or contains a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Company does not have material finance leases.

Revenue Recognition

Under ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”), on January 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective method. This standard applies to all contracts with customers, except for contracts that are within the scope of other standards. The adoption of ASC 606 resulted in a net decrease to retained earnings (accumulated deficit) of $1.7 million, a reduction to prepaid expenses of $1.2 million and an increase to accrued expenses of $0.5 million as of January 1, 2019, as a result of adjusting the timing of recording customer incentives to more closely match the revenues to which they are associated.

Under ASC 606, the Company recognizes revenue when its customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration that the Company expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that the Company determines are within the scope of ASC 606, the Company performs the following five steps: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies a performance obligation. The Company only applies the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that the Company will collect the consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer. At contract inception, once the contract is determined to be within the scope of ASC 606, the Company assesses the goods or services promised within each contract, determines which goods or services are performance obligations, and assesses whether each promised good or service is distinct. The Company then recognizes as revenue the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when, or as, that performance obligation is satisfied.

The Company sells its products through business-to-business distribution channels. With the exception of its extended service warranties and custom product contracts, the Company recognizes its revenue at a point in time when control of the promised goods is transferred to the Company’s customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods. Control of the goods is considered to have been transferred upon shipping or upon arrival at the customer’s destination, depending on the terms of the purchase order. Revenue that is derived from its extended service warranties, which are separately priced and sold, is recognized over the term of the contract. Refer to Warranties within this same Note for further information.

67

Table of Contents

Revenue from custom products is recognized over time utilizing an input method that compares the cost of cumulative work-in-process to date to the most current estimates for the entire cost of the performance obligation. Custom products are generally delivered to the customer within three days of receipt of the purchase order.

Each product shipped is considered to be one performance obligation. For each product shipped, the transaction price by product is specified in the purchase order. The Company recognizes revenue on the transaction price less any estimated rebates, cash discounts, or other sales incentives. Customer rebates, cash discounts, and other sales incentives are estimated by applying the portfolio approach using the most-likely-amount method and are recorded as a reduction to revenue at the time of the initial sale.revenue. Estimates are updated each reporting period and any changes are allocated to the performance obligations on the same basis as at inception. The Company believes the most-likely-amount method best predicts the amount of consideration to which it will be entitled.

The Company has elected to account for shipping and handling costs as activities to fulfill the promise to transfer the goods. As a result of this accounting policy election, the Company does not consider shipping and handling activities as promised services to its customers. Therefore, shipping and handling costs billed to customers are recorded in net sales, and the related costs in cost of sales.

73

Table of Contents

The Company does not engage in contracts greater than one year, and therefore does not have any contract costs capitalized as of December 31, 2021,2022, and 2020.2021.

As a practical expedient, the Company does not adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component as since the period between the transfer of a promised good to a customer and when the customer pays for that product is one year or less.

Warranties

The Company offers limited assurance-type warranties on most of its products, which assure that the product will comply with agreed upon specifications. These assurance-type warranties are not separately priced and are not considered separate performance obligations. The Company also offers optional extended service contracts whichthat are separately priced. The Company recognizes revenue related to extended service contracts over the term of the contract.

The Company’s assurance-type warranties generally range from five years to lifetime warranties. At the time product revenue is recognized, the Company records a liability for estimated costs that may be incurred under its warranties. The costs are estimated based on historical experience and any specific warranty issues that have been identified. The accuracy of the estimate of additional costs is dependent on the number and cost of future claims submitted during the warranty periods. Although historical warranty costs have been within expectations, there can be no assurance that future warranty costs will not exceed historical amounts. The Company believes that the reserves established for estimated and probable future product warranty claims are adequate. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liability and adjusts the balance as necessary. Warranty costs are recorded within cost of sales on the consolidated statements of operations. The Company’s provision for product warranties was recorded within accrued expenses and other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 20212022 and 2020.2021.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales includes the cost of materials and all costs to make products saleable, such as labor, materials, inbound freight, including inter-plant freight, purchasing, and receiving costs, operating lease costs related to distribution and manufacturing facilities, and warehousing and distributions costs. In addition, all depreciation expense associated with assets used to manufacture products and make them saleable is included in cost of sales. The Company records shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight as cost of sales when the related revenue is recognized in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

68

Table of Contents

Exit or Disposal Costs

The Company accounts for exit or disposal of activities in accordance with ASC 420, Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations. The Company defines an exit or disposal activity as one that includes but is not limited to a program which is planned and controlled by management and materially changes either the scope of a business or the manner in which that business is conducted. Business exit costs may include (i) one-time termination benefits related to employee separations, (ii) contract termination costs and (iii) other related costs associated with exit or disposal activities. The Company records one-time employee termination benefits as an operating expense when the benefit arrangement is communicated to the employee and no significant future services are required.

Trade Receivables, Net

Trade receivables are recorded at the original invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The Company maintains an allowance for bad debt. The allowance for bad debt is based on the best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in existing accounts receivable. The Company determines the allowances based on historical write-off experience. The Company’s allowance for bad debt as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 was $3.2 million and 2020 was $2.4 million, and $1.4 million, respectively.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and trade receivables. The Company from time to time may have bank deposits in excess of insurance limits of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The Company also has bank deposits in international accounts. The Company has not historically sustained any credit losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk related to its cash. The Company routinely reviews the financial strength of its customers before extending credit and believes that its trade receivables credit risk exposure is limited. Generally, the Company does not require collateral from its customers. The Company provides extended payment terms to certain customers.

74

Table of Contents

During the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, and 2019, 1one customer represented approximately 25.0%20.3%, 22.3%25.0% and 25.7%22.3% of the Company’s net sales, respectively. As of December 31, 20212022 and 2020,2021, outstanding trade receivables related to this customer were $1.6 million and $10.7 million, and $5.4 million, respectively. The Company provides extended payment terms to qualified customers for sales under its “Early Buy” program, which allows customers to take delivery in December and receive payment terms for April through June of the following year.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. To increase the comparability of fair value measures, the following hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation methodologies used to measure fair value.

Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 — Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly.

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that reflect the Company’s own assumptions incorporated into valuation techniques. These valuations require significant judgment.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. When there is more than one input at different levels within the hierarchy, the fair value is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. Assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires substantial judgment and consideration of factors specific to the asset or liability. Level 3 inputs are inherently difficult to estimate. Changes to these inputs can have significant impact on fair value measurements. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value using Level 3 inputs are based on one or more of the following valuation techniques: market approach, income approach, or cost approach. There were no transfers between fair value measurement levels during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 2020 and 2019.2020.

69

Table of Contents

Business Combinations

In determining whether an acquisition should be accounted for as a business combination or asset acquisition, the Company first determines whether substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets. If this is the case, the single identifiable asset or the group of similar assets is not deemed to be a business, and is instead deemed to be an asset. If this is not the case, the Company then further evaluates whether the single identifiable asset or group of similar identifiable assets and activities includes, at a minimum, an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create outputs. If so, the Company concludes that the single identifiable asset or group of similar identifiable assets and activities is a business.

The Company accounts for business combinations that are deemed to be businesses using the acquisition method of accounting. Application of this method of accounting requires that (i) identifiable assets acquired (including identifiable intangible assets) and liabilities assumed generally be measured and recognized at fair value as of the acquisition date and (ii) the excess of the purchase price over the net fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized as goodwill, which is not amortized for accounting purposes but is subject to testing for impairment at least annually. Any contingent assets acquired and contingent liabilities assumed are also recognized at fair value if the Company can reasonably estimate fair value during the measurement period (which cannot exceed one year from the acquisition date). The Company re-measures any contingent liabilities at fair value in each subsequent reporting period. Transaction costs related to business combinations are expensed as incurred. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination requires management to use significant judgment and estimates, especially with respect to intangible assets.

75

Table of Contents

During the measurement period, which extends no later than one year from the acquisition date, the Company may record certain adjustments to the carrying value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. After the measurement period, all adjustments are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations as operating expenses or income.

Acquisition-related contingent consideration was recorded in the consolidated balance sheets at its acquisition-date estimated fair value, in accordance with the acquisition method of accounting. The fair value of the acquisition-related contingent consideration was remeasured each reporting period, with changes in fair value recorded in other expense (income), net in the consolidated statements of operations. The fair value measurement is based on significant inputs not observable by market participants and thus represents a Level 3 input in the fair value hierarchy.

Equity Method Investments

Investments and ownership interests in common stock or in-substance common stock are accounted for under the equity method accounting if the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence over the entity, but does not have a controlling financial interest. The Company also uses the equity method of accounting for investments in a partnership or limited liability company with specific ownership accounts, if the Company has an ownership interest of 5% or more. Under the equity method, investments are initially recognized at cost and adjusted to reflect the Company’s interest in net earnings, dividends received and other-than-temporary impairments. The Company records its interest in the net earnings of its equity method investee, along with adjustments for amortization of basis differences, investee capital transactions and other comprehensive income (loss), within earnings (losses) from equity method investment in the consolidated statements of operations. Basis differences represent differences between the cost of the investment and the underlying equity in net assets of the investment and are generally amortized over the lives of the related assets that gave rise to the underlying basis differences. Profits or losses related to intra-entity sales with its equity method investee are eliminated until realized by the investor or investee.

The Company records its proportionate share of earnings or losses of Premier Holdco, LLC (“Premier Pools & Spas”) within earnings from equity method investment in the consolidated statements of operations on a three-month lag. The Company recorded its interest in the net earnings of Premier Pools & Spas of $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, which included a $0.3 million adjustment for the amortization of basis differences, within earnings from equity method investment in the consolidated statements of operations during the year ended December 31, 2021. As the Company initially invested in Premier Pools & Spas on October 30, 2020, there was no earnings from equity method investment recorded during year ended December 31, 2020. The Company received distributions of $2.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2021.

For presentation in the consolidated statements of cash flows, the Company utilizes the cumulative earnings approach for purposes of determining whether distributions should be classified as either a return on investment, which are be included in operating activities, or a return of investment, which would be included in investing activities. Under the cumulative

70

Table of Contents

earnings approach, the Company compares the distributions received to its cumulative equity-method earnings since inception. Any distributions received up to the amount of cumulative equity earnings are be considered a return on investment and classified in operating activities. Any excess distributions would be considered a return of investment and classified in investing activities.

Equity method goodwill is not amortized or tested for impairment; instead the Company evaluates equity method investments for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the decline in value below the carrying amount of its equity method investment is determined to be other than temporary. In such a case, the decline in value below the carrying amount of its equity method investment is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations in the period the impairment occurs.

76

Table of Contents

Inventories, Net

Inventories, primarily raw materials and finished goods, are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined under the first-in, first-out method. Inventory costs include all costs directly attributable to the products, including all manufacturing overhead, and excludes costs to distribute. The Company periodically reviews its inventory for slow moving or obsolete items and writes down the related products to estimated net realizable value. As of December 31, 20212022 and 2020,2021, the Company’s reservesreserve for estimated slow moving products or obsolescence were $2.7was $4.6 million and $1.8$2.7 million, respectively.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and presented net of accumulated depreciation. Property and equipment acquired through business combinations are recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. Expenditures for betterments and major improvements that substantially enhance the value and increase the estimated useful life of the assets are capitalized and depreciated over the new estimated useful life. Normal repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation and amortization expense are recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of each respective asset category as follows:

Estimated

    

Useful Life

Building and improvements

25 years

Molds and dyes

5  –  10 years

Machinery and equipment (including computer equipment and software)

3  –  10 years

Furniture and fixtures

5  –  7 years

Vehicles

5 years

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the term of the related lease or the estimated useful lives of the improvements. When property and equipment is sold or retired, the asset cost and accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the respective accounts and a gain or loss is recognized, if any, on the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company capitalizes external costs and directly attributable internal costs to acquire or create internal-use software whichthat are incurred subsequent to the completion of the preliminary project state. These costs relate to activities such as software design, configuration, coding, testing, and installation, and they exclude training and maintenance. Once the software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, capitalized development costs are amortized straight-line over the estimated useful life of the software, generally not to exceed five years.

Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets include property and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets. The Company evaluates the carrying value of its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. Conditions that may indicate impairment include, but are not limited to, a significant decrease in the market price of an asset, a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which an

71

Table of Contents

asset is being used or a significant decrease in its physical condition, and operating or cash flow performance that demonstrates continuing losses associated with an asset or asset group. The Company also considers non-financial data such as changes in the operating environment, competitive information, market trends, and business relationships.

77

Table of Contents

A potential impairment has occurred if the projected future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset or asset group are less than the carrying value of the asset or asset group. The estimate of cash flows includes management’s assumptions of cash inflows and outflows directly resulting from the use of the asset in operation. If the carrying value exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows, an impairment charge is recorded equal to the excess of the asset or asset group’s carrying value over its fair value. Fair value is measured using appropriate valuation methodologies that would typically include a projected discounted cash flow model using a discount rate the Company believes is commensurate with the risk inherent in its business. The Company did not recognize any impairment losses on long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 20212022 and 2020.2021.

The Company amortizes its definite-lived intangible assets using the straight-line method. The weighted-average estimated useful lives (in years) of the Company’s definite-lived intangible assets are as follows:

Estimated 

Asset

    

Useful Life

Trade names and trademarks

 

9  –  25 years

Technology

15 years

Pool designs

 

14  – 15 years

Dealer relationships

 

5  –  13 years

Patented technology

 

5  –  10 years

Non-competition agreements

 

5 years

Franchise relationships

 

4 years

BacklogOrder backlog

 

10 months

Goodwill

The Company accounts for goodwill as the excess of the purchase price over the net amount of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination measured at fair value. Goodwill is not subject to amortization; rather, the Company tests goodwill for impairment annually on the first day of the Company’s fourth fiscal quarter and whenever events occur or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. Historically, includingThe Company has one reporting unit for the Company’s annual impairment test conducted during the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company had two reporting units for the purpose of performing its goodwill impairment test. In November 2020, the Company made changes to its internal organizational structure, including roles and responsibilities and to its internal reporting, resulting in a change to segment management. As a result of the change in segment management and in the information that is regularly reviewed, the results of the previous 2 reporting units are no longer being reviewed for profitability on an individual basis. Due to these factors, the Company recognized a change in reporting units effective in November 2020 and determined that only 1 reporting unit exists. The Company completed an assessment of any potential impairment for all reporting units immediately prior to and after the reporting unit change and determined that 0 impairment existed.testing purposes.

Impairment testing is performed for the Company’s reporting unit by first assessing qualitative factors to see if further testing of goodwill is required. If the Company concludes that it is more likely than not that its reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount based on the qualitative assessment, then a quantitative test is required. The Company may also choose to bypass the qualitative assessment and perform the quantitative test.

If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying amount, the Company considers that goodwill is not impaired. If the carrying value exceeds estimated fair value, there is an impairment of goodwill and an impairment loss is recorded. The Company calculates the impairment loss by comparing the fair value of its reporting unit less the carrying amount, including goodwill. Goodwill impairment would be limited to the carrying value of the goodwill.

78

Table of Contents

Debt Issuance Costs

The Company defers costs incurred in conjunction with acquiring third-party financing. The Company amortizes debt issuance costs over the term of the related long-term debt instruments using the effective interest method. Debt issuance costs related to long-term debt are recorded as a direct reduction to the carrying amount of long-term debt on the consolidated balance sheets.

72

Table of Contents

Segment Reporting

The Company identifies operating segments based on how the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) manages the business, allocates resources, makes operating decisions, and evaluates operating performance.

The Company conducts its business as 1one operating and reportable segment that designs, manufactures, and markets in-ground swimming pools, liners, and covers. The Company’s chief executive officer, who is the chief operating decision maker, reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of assessing financial performance and allocating resources.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. This approach requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates expected to be applicable in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. Changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded in the provision for income taxes. The Company evaluates the realizability of its deferred tax assets and establishes a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Potential for recovery of deferred tax assets is evaluated by estimating the future taxable profits expected, scheduling of anticipated reversals of taxable temporary differences, and considering prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. If in future periods the Company were to determine that it would be able to realize its deferred tax assets in excess of the net recorded amount, an adjustment to the deferred tax assets, particularly a release of the valuation allowance, would increase income in the period such determination was made.

The Company records liabilities for uncertain income tax positions based on a two-step process. The first step is recognition, where an individual tax position is evaluated as to whether it has a likelihood of greater than 50% of being sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. For tax positions that are currently estimated to have less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained, no tax benefit is recorded. For tax positions that have met the recognition threshold in the first step, the Company performs the second step of measuring the benefit to be recorded. The amount of the benefit that may be recognized is the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized on ultimate settlement. The actual benefits ultimately realized may differ from the estimates. In future periods, changes in facts, circumstances, and new information may require the Company to change the recognition and measurement estimates with regard to individual tax positions. Changes in recognition and measurement estimates are recorded in income tax expense (benefit) expense and liability in the period in which such changes occur.

The Company’s policy is to classify interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense (benefit) expense within the consolidated statements of operations. The Company had $0.6 million of accrued interest and no accrued penalties as of December 31, 2022. The Company had $0.3 million of accrued interest and 0no accrued penalties as of December 31, 2021. The Company had $0.2 million of accrued interest and 0 accrued penalties as of December 31, 2020. The Company reinvests earnings of foreign operations indefinitely and, accordingly, does not provide for income taxes that could result from the remittance of such earnings.

79

Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation is measured and recognized based on the grant date fair value of the awards. The fair value of the Company’s common stock is determined based on the quoted market price of the Company’s common stock for purposes of computing stockstock-based compensation expense. For stock options, the Company uses a Black-Scholes model for estimating the grant date fair value. The Black-Scholes pricing model requires critical assumptions including risk-free rate, volatility, expected term and expected dividend yield. The expected term is computed using the simplified method. The Company uses the simplified method to calculate expected term of the stock options as the Company does not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues similar in duration to the expected term of the stock-based award. The Company considers the historical volatility of the Company’s stock price, as well as its implied volatility. The Company utilized a dividend yield of zero, assince it havehas no history or plan of declaring

73

Table of Contents

dividends on its common stock. The assumptions underlying these valuations represented the Company’s best estimate, which involved inherent uncertainties and the application of judgment. As a result, if the Company had used significantly different assumptions or estimates, the fair value of the Company’s stock-based compensation expense could have been materially different.

For stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units, stock-based compensation is recognized using a graded vesting method over the requisite service period in which employees earn the awards. The Company accounts for forfeitures of stock-based awards as they occur rather than applying an estimated forfeiture rate to stock-based compensation expense.

Contemporaneously with the pricing of the Company’s IPO, on April 22, 2021, the Company effected its Omnibus Incentive Plan (as defined below) in which it granted to certain employees of the Company restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, and stock option awards inclusive of the as converted Class B units as a result of the Reorganization.

Foreign Currency Translation and Foreign Currency Transactions

The financial statements of the Company’s foreign operations are denominated in local currency and are then translated to U.S. dollars. Assets and liabilities are translated using the current rate of exchange at the balance sheet dates or historical rates of exchange, as applicable. Revenue and expenses are translated using the average monthly exchange rates prevailing throughout the reporting period. The related foreign currency translation adjustments are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity. Transaction gains and losses associated with the Company’s international subsidiaries, which are denominated in currencies other than the Company’s foreign entities’ functional currencies, are recognized as a component of other expense (income), net within the consolidated statements of operations.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs, consisting of costs related to dealer conferences and commercials, are expensed as incurred and are included in selling, general, and administrative expense on the consolidated statements of operations. Total advertising costs were $9.8 million, $7.6 million, $5.9 million and $3.8$5.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 2020 and 2019,2020, respectively.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) is a measure of net income and all other changes in equity that result from transactions other than with equity holders and would normally be recorded in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity and the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income (loss) consists of foreign currency translation adjustments and defined benefit plan adjustments.

Income tax (benefit) expense on the components of other comprehensive income (loss) was not significant for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 2020 and 2019.2020.

80

Table of Contents

Earnings Per Share

Basic net income per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the diluted weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. Potentially dilutive shares are included in the diluted per-share calculations when the effect of their inclusion is dilutive.

74

Table of Contents

Treasury Stock

The Company accounts for treasury stock acquisitions using the cost method. The Company accounts for the retirement of treasury stock by deducting its par value from common stock and reflecting any excess of cost over par value as a deduction from additional paid-in capital on the consolidated balance sheets.

Reclassifications

Certain prior period balances have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

The Company qualifies as “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and has elected to “opt in” to the extended transition related to complying with new or revised accounting standards, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public and nonpublic companies, the Company will adopt the new or revised standard at the time nonpublic companies adopt the new or revised standard and will do so until such time that the Company either (i) irrevocably elects to “opt out” of such extended transition period or (ii) no longer qualifies as an emerging growth company. The Company may choose to early adopt any new or revised accounting standards whenever such early adoption is permitted for private companies.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”), which sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of leases for both parties to a contract (i.e., lessees and lessors). The new standard requires lessees to apply a dual approach, classifying leases as either finance or operating leases based on the principle of whether or not the lease is effectively a financed purchase by the lessee. This classification will determine whether lease expense is recognized based on an effective interest method or on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. In addition, a lessee is required to record (i) a right-of-use asset and a lease liability on its balance sheet for all leases with accounting lease terms of more than 12 months regardless of whether it is an operating or financing lease and (ii) lease expense in its consolidated statement of operations for operating leases and amortization and interest expense in its consolidated statement of operations for financing leases. Leases with a term of 12 months or less may be accounted for similar to prior guidance forhow operating leases today.were accounted for under the prior guidance. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842), which added an optional transition method that allows companies to adopt the standard as of the beginning of the year of adoption as opposed to the earliest comparative period presented. In November 2019, the FASB issued guidance delaying the effective date for all entities, except for public business entities. For nonpublic entities, this guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020. In June 2020, the FASB issued additional guidance delaying the effective date for all entities, except for public business entities. For public entities,The Company adopted ASU 2016-02 was effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For nonpublic entities, this guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. Early adoption is permitted.on January 1, 2022 using the modified retrospective approach and elected the package of practical expedients to use in transition, which permitted the Company to not reassess, under the new standard, its prior conclusions about lease identification and lease classification. The adoption resulted in the addition of ASU-2016-02 will$33.5 million of operating lease right-of-use assets, and $34.0 million of operating lease liabilities, a decrease of $0.2 million to deferred rent and a decrease of $0.3 million to retained earnings for the cumulative effect of initially applying the new standard. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

81

Tablestatements of Contentsoperations, consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity, or consolidated statements of cash flows. See Note 13, “Leases” for additional information related to the Company’s leases and accounting policy elections.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”), which requires the measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held at amortized cost. ASU 2016-13 replaces the existing incurred loss impairment model with an expected loss model. It also eliminates the concept of other-than-temporary impairment and requires credit losses related to available-for-sale debt securities to be recorded through an allowance for credit losses rather than as a reduction in the amortized cost basis of the securities. These changes will result in earlier recognition of credit losses. In November 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-19, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses, which narrowed the scope and changed the effective date for nonpublic entities for ASU 2016-13. The FASB subsequently issued supplemental guidance within ASU 2019-05, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Targeted Transition Relief (“ASU 2019-05”). ASU 2019-05 provides an option to irrevocably elect the fair value option for certain financial assets previously measured at amortized cost basis. For public entities that are SECU.S. Securities and Exchange Commission filers, excluding entities eligible to be smaller reporting companies, ASU 2016-13 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim

75

Table of Contents

periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, ASU 2016-13 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2016-13 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities (“ASU 2017-12”), which is intended to improve the financial reporting of hedging relationships to better portray the economic results of an entity’s risk management activities in its consolidated financial statements. In addition to that main objective, the amendments in the update make certain targeted improvements to simplify the application of the hedge accounting guidance in current GAAP. Additional updates to further clarify the guidance in ASU 2017-12 were issued by the FASB in October 2018 within ASU 2018-16. For public entities, the amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For nonpublic entities, ASU 2017-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2021. Early application is permitted in any interim period after the issuance of the update. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2017-12 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASU 2019-12”), which is intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for income taxes. ASU 2019-12 removes certain exceptions to the general principles in ASC 740 and also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. For public entities, ASU 2019-12 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those reporting periods. For nonpublic companies, ASU 2019-12 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within those reporting periods. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2019-12 during the year ended December 31, 2021. The adoption of this standard required no cumulative-effect adjustments and did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In January 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-01, Investments — Equity Securities (Topic 321), Investments — Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323), and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) (“ASU 2020-01”), which is intended to clarify the interaction of the accounting for equity securities under Topic 321 and investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting in Topic 323 and the accounting for certain forward contracts and purchased options accounted for under Topic 815. For public entities, ASU 2020-01 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those reporting periods. For nonpublic companies, ASU 2020-01 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within those reporting periods. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2020-01 willthis standard during the year ended December 31, 2022 did not have a material impact on itsthe Company’s consolidated financial statements.

82

Table of Contents

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting which provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions affected by the discontinuation of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or by another reference rate expected to be discontinued. This guidance is effective for all entities upon issuance on March 12, 2020 and may be applied through December 31, 2022. The expedients and exceptions in this guidance are optional, and the Company is evaluating the potential future financial statement impact of any such expedient or exception that it may elect to apply as the Company evaluates the effects of adopting this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-01, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Scope, whichthat clarifies that certain optional expedients and exceptions in Topic 848 for contract modifications and hedge accounting apply to derivatives that are affected by the discounting transition. Specifically, this guidance applies to derivative instruments that use an interest rate for margining, discounting, or contract price alignment that is modified as a result of reference rate reform. The ASU becameThis guidance is effective as offor all entities upon issuance on March 12, 2020 and canmay be adopted anytime during the period of January 1, 2020applied through December 31, 2022. The expedients and exceptions in this guidance are optional. The Company elected the optional expedient in connection with amending its interest rate swap to replace the reference rate from LIBOR to SOFR to consider the amendment as a continuation of the existing contract without having to perform an assessment that would otherwise be required under GAAP.

In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2021-08”), which amends ASC 805 by requiring acquiring entities to apply ASC 606 to recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities in a business combination. For public entities, ASU 2021-08 is effective for fiscal years, including interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2022. For all other entities, ASU 2021-08 is effective for fiscal years, including interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2023. The amendments should be applied prospectively to business combinations occurring on or after the effective date of the amendments, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating theASU 2021-08 and its potential impact that the adoption of ASU 2021-01 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

3.ACQUISITIONS

Narellan Group Pty Limited

On May 31, 2019 (the “Acquisition Date”), Latham Pool Products acquired Narellan Group Pty Limited and its subsidiaries (collectively “Narellan”) for a total purchase price of $35.2 million (the “Narellan Acquisition”). The results of Narellan’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date. Narellan is a fiberglass pool manufacturer based in Australia with operations in Australia, New Zealand, and Canada. The acquisition expanded the Company’s market share withoperations to a broader geographical footprint. Additionally, the acquisition provided the Company with an increase in dealer and franchise relationships. In connection with the Narellan Acquisition, consideration paid included $20.2 million in cash, $7.6 million in equity consideration, and $7.4 million of contingent consideration as of the Acquisition Date. The cash consideration was funded, in part, through long-term debt proceeds of $22.3 million, net of discount of $0.7 million. The equity consideration consisted of common stock. The valuation of the common stock was prepared using a quantitative put options method. The Company incurred $1.1 million in transaction costs.

76

Table of Contents

The Company agreed to pay the contingent consideration in the form of cash and equity consideration to the seller if certain EBITDA targets were achieved for any of the trailing twelve months periods ended December 31, 2019, June 30, 2020, or the year ended December 31, 2020 (the “Contingent Consideration”). The fair value of the Contingent Consideration at the Acquisition Date was $7.4 million.

On September 25, 2020, the Company amended the terms of the Narellan share purchase agreement to accelerate the settlement of the Contingent Consideration with the selling shareholders of Narellan based upon estimated EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2020. The Contingent Consideration was settled through a cash payment of $6.6 million and the issuance of an additional 758,697 shares of common stock as equity consideration, which had a contractual value of $2.2 million and was recorded as a capital contribution on the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity. AsSince the fair value of the common stock issued of $2.8 million exceeded the contractual value of $2.2 million and the selling shareholders arewere also employees of the Company as of the settlement date, the Company recorded the excess remuneration paid to the selling shareholders of $0.6 million as stock-based compensation in the consolidated statements of operations and as contributed capital in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity as of and for the year-ended December 31, 2020.

83

Table of Contents

The Company accounted for the Narellan Acquisition using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with FASB ASC 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”). This requires that the assets acquired and liabilities assumed be measured at fair value. The Company estimated, using Level 3 inputs, the fair value of certain fixed assets using a combination of the cost approach and the market approach. Inventories were valued using the comparative sales method. Specific to intangible assets, dealer relationships and franchise relationships were valued using the multi-period excess earnings method, whereas trade names and proprietary pool designs were valued using the relief from royalty method. The Company recorded the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their respective fair values as of the acquisition date.

The following summarizes the purchase price allocation for the Company’s acquisition of Narellan:

(in thousands)

    

May 31, 2019

Total consideration

$

35,233

Allocation of purchase price:

 

  

Cash

 

24

Trade receivables

 

1,420

Inventories

 

4,501

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

472

Property and equipment

 

4,861

Intangible assets

 

18,332

Deferred tax asset

 

126

Total assets acquired

 

29,736

Accounts payable

 

3,379

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

442

Deferred tax liabilities

 

470

Total liabilities assumed

 

4,291

Total fair value of net assets acquired, excluding goodwill

 

25,445

Goodwill

$

9,788

Total consideration was comprised of the following:

(in thousands)

    

Amount

Cash consideration

$

20,238

Fair value of equity consideration

 

7,567

Fair value of contingent consideration

 

7,428

Total consideration

$

35,233

The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed in the acquisition was allocated to goodwill in the amount of $9.8 million. Goodwill resulting from the acquisition was attributable to the expanded market share and broader geographical footprint. The goodwill recognized is not deductible for tax purposes.

The Company allocated a portion of the purchase price to specific intangible asset categories as follows:

Fair Value

Amortization

Definite-lived intangible assets:

    

(in thousands)

    

Period (in years)

Trade names and trademarks

$

9,535

 

25

Pool designs

 

5,728

 

14

Patented technology

 

1,410

 

5

Franchise relationships

 

1,187

 

4

Dealer relationships

 

472

 

5

84

Table of Contents

The following are the net sales and net loss from Narellan included in the Company’s results from the Acquisition Date through December 31, 2019:

(in thousands)

    

Amount

Net sales

$

15,893

Net loss

$

(1,047)

GL International, LLC

On October 22, 2020, Latham Pool Products acquired GL International, LLC ( “GLI”) for a total purchase price of $79.7 million (the “GLI Acquisition”). The results of GLI’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date. GLI specializes in manufacturing custom pool liners and safety covers. As a result, this acquisition expanded the Company’s liner and safety cover product offerings. In connection with the GLI Acquisition, consideration paid was $79.7 million in cash, or $74.7 million net of cash acquired of $5.0 million, and excluding a net working capital adjustment receivable of $0.8 million. The net working capital adjustment receivable was recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020. The cash consideration was funded from existing cash on hand. The Company incurred $2.4 million in transaction costs.

The Company accounted for the GLI Acquisition using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with FASB ASC 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”). This requires that the assets acquired and liabilities assumed be measured at fair value. The Company estimated, using Level 3 inputs, the fair value of certain fixed assets using a combination of the cost approach and the market approach. Inventories were valued using the comparative sales method, less the cost of disposal. Specific to intangible assets, dealer relationships were valued using the multi-period excess earnings method, whereas trade names were valued using the relief from royalty method. The Company recorded the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their respective fair values as of the acquisition date.

77

Table of Contents

The following summarizes the purchase price allocation for the Company’s acquisition of GLI:

(in thousands)

    

October 22, 2020

Total consideration

$

79,743

Allocation of purchase price:

 

  

Cash

 

5,007

Trade receivables

 

10,639

Inventories

 

11,854

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

3,949

Property and equipment

 

1,402

Intangible assets

 

46,700

Total assets acquired

 

79,551

Accounts payable

 

3,536

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

8,853

Other long-term liabilities

 

524

Total liabilities assumed

 

12,913

Total fair value of net assets acquired, excluding goodwill

 

66,638

Goodwill

$

13,105

The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed in the acquisition was allocated to goodwill in the amount of $13.1 million. Goodwill resulting from the GLI Acquisition was attributable to the expanded market share and product offerings. Goodwill resulting from the GLI Acquisition is deductible for tax purposes.

85

Table of Contents

The Company allocated a portion of the purchase price to specific intangible asset categories as follows:

Fair Value

Amortization

Definite-lived intangible assets:

    

(in thousands)

    

Period (in years)

Trade names

$

9,500

 

9

Dealer relationships

 

37,200

 

8

$

46,700

The following are the net sales and net loss from GLI included in the Company’s results from the GLI Acquisition Date through December 31, 2020:

Year Ended

Year Ended

(in thousands)

    

December 31, 2020

    

December 31, 2020

Net sales

$

7,689

$

7,689

Net loss

$

(1,123)

$

(1,123)

Trojan Leisure Products, LLC d/b/a Radiant Pools

On November 24, 2021, Latham Pool Products acquired Trojan Leisure Products, LLC d/b/a Radiant Pools (“Radiant”) for a total purchase price of $90.7 million (the “Radiant Acquisition”). The results of Radiant’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date. Radiant specializes in manufacturing proprietary vinyl liner aluminum swimming pools whichthat can be built completely inground, semi-inground,in-ground, semi-in-ground, or above ground. As a result, this acquisition expanded the Company’s product offerings. In connection with the Radiant Acquisition, consideration paid was $90.7 million in cash, or $90.5 million net of cash acquired of $0.2 million. The cash consideration was funded, in part, through long-term debt proceeds of $50.0 million. The Company incurred $2.9 million in transaction costs.

78

Table of Contents

Subsequent to the acquisition date, there was an additional amount due to the seller of $0.4 million related to the finalization of the net working capital adjustment, which was accounted for as a measurement period adjustment. The measurement period adjustment resulted in an increase in the total consideration transferred of $0.4 million and an increase to goodwill of $0.4 million. The net working capital adjustment was paid during the fiscal quarter ended July 2, 2022.

The Company accounted for the Radiant Acquisition using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805. This requires that the assets acquired and liabilities assumed be measured at fair value. The Company estimated, using Level 3 inputs, the fair value of certain fixed assets using a combination of the cost approach and the market approach. Inventories were valued using the comparative sales method, less the cost of disposal. Specific to intangible assets, customer relationships and order backlog were valued using the multi-period excess earnings method, whereas trade names, technology, and pool designs were valued using the relief from royalty method. The Company recorded the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their respective fair values as of the acquisition date.

The following summarizes the purchase price allocation for the Company’s acquisition of Radiant:

(in thousands)

    

November 24, 2021

    

November 24, 2021

Total consideration

$

90,725

$

91,109

Allocation of purchase price:

 

  

 

  

Cash

 

217

 

217

Trade receivables

 

2,805

 

2,805

Inventories

 

5,528

 

5,528

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

396

 

396

Property and equipment

 

1,263

 

1,263

Intangible assets

 

72,500

 

72,500

Total assets acquired

 

82,709

 

82,709

Accounts payable

 

1,744

 

1,744

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

1,038

 

1,038

Deferred income tax liabilities

 

2,920

 

2,920

Total liabilities assumed

 

5,702

 

5,702

Total fair value of net assets acquired, excluding goodwill

 

77,007

 

77,007

Goodwill

$

13,718

$

14,102

86

Table of Contents

The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed in the acquisition was allocated to goodwill in the amount of $13.7$14.1 million. Goodwill resulting from the Radiant Acquisition was attributable to the expanded market share and product offerings. Goodwill resulting from the Radiant Acquisition is deductible for tax purposes.

The Company allocated a portion of the purchase price to specific intangible asset categories as follows:

Fair Value

Amortization

Fair Value

Amortization

Definite-lived intangible assets:

    

(in thousands)

    

Period

    

(in thousands)

    

Period

Dealer relationships

$

37,000

13 years

$

37,000

13 years

Trade names

13,000

 

25 years

13,000

 

25 years

Technology

13,000

15 years

13,000

15 years

Pool designs

 

7,900

 

15 years

 

7,900

 

15 years

Backlog

1,600

10 months

Order backlog

1,600

10 months

$

72,500

$

72,500

79

Table of Contents

The following are the net sales and net income from Radiant included in the Company’s results from the Radiant Acquisition Date through December 31, 2021:

Year Ended

Year Ended

(in thousands)

    

December 31, 2021

    

December 31, 2021

Net sales

$

2,211

$

2,211

Net income

$

3

$

3

Other Business Combinations

During the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2022, the Company completed the acquisition of certain fiberglass pool manufacturing assets in Seminole, Oklahoma that qualified as a business combination. This transaction resulted in an increase to goodwill, but was not material to our consolidated financial statements, and as a result, additional business combination disclosures for this acquisition have been omitted. There were no other business combinations during the year ended December 31, 2022.

Pro Forma Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following pro forma financial information presents the statements of operations of the Company with Narellan, GLI and Radiant as if the acquisitions occurred on January 1, 2019.2020. The pro forma results do not include any anticipated synergies, cost savings, or other expected benefits of an acquisition. The pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of what the financial results would have been had the acquisitions been completed on January 1, 20192020 and is not necessarily indicative of the Company’s future financial results.

Year Ended 

Year Ended 

December 31,

December 31,

(in thousands)

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

    

2022

    

2021

    

2020

Net sales

$

662,282

$

486,276

$

396,655

$

695,736

$

662,282

$

486,276

Net (loss) income

$

(50,441)

$

30,163

$

1,712

$

(5,426)

$

(50,382)

$

24,077

The pro forma financial information presented above reflects the effects as a result of the acquisitions, including the amortization expense from acquired intangible assets, the depreciation and amortization expense from acquired property and equipment, the additional cost of sales from acquired inventory, interest expense from debt financing, and any related tax effects. Transaction costs for GLI and Radiant are reflected within pro forma net income for the year ended December 31, 2019.2020.

87

Table of Contents

4.EQUITY METHOD INVESTMENT

On October 30, 2020, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement to purchase 28% of the common units of Premier Pools & Spas for $25.4 million. On August 6, 2021, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement, together with Premier Holdco LLC, Premier Pools Management Corp. Holdco, Premier Franchise Management Holdco, PFC Holdco, and PPSF, LLC, pursuant to which Premier Group Holdings Inc., an affiliate of Wynnchurch Capital, L.P., acquired 29.8% of the common units of Premier Pools & Spas in aggregate from all sellers, including the Company. Sellers who were not related parties of Wynnchurch Capital, L.P. or the Company determined the purchase price per common unit paid by Premier Group Holdings Inc., indicating the amount paid for the common units of Premier Pools & Spas reflects the price that would be paid in an arm’s-length transaction. As a result of the transaction, the Company received cash proceeds of $6.8 million and recorded a gain on the sale of equity method investment of $3.9 million, which was recorded within other (income) expense, net on the consolidated statements of operations duringfor the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. The Company’s post-sale ownership interest in Premier Pools & Spas was 20.1%. following such transaction. On December 17, 2021, Premier Pools & Spas issued additional non-voting common units to Premier Group Holdings Inc. As a result of the transaction, the Company recorded a gain on the sale of equity method investment of $1.0 million. The Company’s ownership interest in Premier Pools & Spas after the issuance of additional non-voting common units is 18.2% while its’ voting interest remains 20.1%.

80

Table of Contents

The Company historically has concluded that it holdsheld common stock of Premier Pools & Spas and hashad the ability to exercise significant influence over Premier Pools & Spas but doesdid not have a controlling financial interest. Accordingly,As required when there is a change in facts or circumstances, the Company accountsreassessed its ability to exercise significant influence during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2022. The Company concluded that it no longer had the ability to exercise significant influence. However, the Company also considered that it has an ownership interest of greater than 5% in Premier Pools & Spas, which is a limited liability company with specific ownership accounts. Accordingly, because of the legal form of the investee, the Company continues to account for this investment using the equity method of accounting.accounting since it is not required to demonstrate the ability to exercise significant influence under the relevant guidance. The Company’s proportionate share of the earnings or losses of the investee are reported as a separate line in the consolidated statements of operations.

Premier Pools & Spas is a holding company for its manufacturing and franchising companies including PFC LLC, Premier Franchise Management LLC, Premier Pools Management LLC, and Premier Fiberglass LLC (the “Premier Companies”). The Premier Companies are a leading swimming pool-building brand that uses its franchisee network to sell and install pools around the United States.

In connection with Latham’s Investmentinvestment in Premier Pools & Spas, the Company entered into an exclusive supply agreement with Premier Pools & Spas, the Premier Companies, and Premier Pools & Spas’ franchisees (“Premier Franchisees”) (together, the “Customer”). Premier Pools & Spas does not consolidate the operations of the Premier Franchisees. Per the supply agreement, Latham is the exclusive supplier of the Premier Franchisees for specific pool and pool products. These products include fiberglass products and packagepackaged pool products. The initial term of the supply agreement is ten years.

For the first three years of the supply agreement, the Customer is entitled to a low-teens percentage rebate for all fiberglass pools sold and an additional growth rebate of a low single-digit to low-teens percentage based on year over year sales growth on fiberglass pools (the “Rebates”). The Rebates will be paid directly to Premier Pools Management Corp. Holdco.Holdco, assuming the Premier Franchisees are in good standing with respect to amounts owed to the Company.

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company’s carrying amount for the equity method investment in Premier Pools & Spas was $25.1 million and $23.4 million.million, respectively. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, Premier Pools & Spas paid the Company dividends of $2.5 million that are presented on the consolidated statement of cash flows as distribution received from equity method investment. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, Premier Pools & Spas paid the Company dividends of $2.2 million that are presented on the consolidated statement of cash flows as distribution received from equity method investment of $1.8 million and return of equity method investment of $0.4 million, respectively. The Company has elected a three-month financial reporting lag. The Company recorded its interest in net earnings of Premier Pools & Spas of $4.2 million and $2.2 million for the fiscal yearyears ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, along with arespectively, which included basis difference adjustmentadjustments of $0.2 million and $0.3 million.million, respectively.

88

Table of Contents

5.FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis

The Company’s non-financial assets such as goodwill, intangible assets and property and equipment are measured at fair value upon acquisition orand remeasured to fair value when an impairment charge is recognized. Such fair value measurements are based predominantly on Level 2 and Level 3 inputs.

Fair value of financial instruments

The Company considers the carrying amounts of cash, trade receivables, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable, and accrued expenses and other current liabilities, to approximate fair value due tobecause of the short-term maturities of these instruments.

81

Table of Contents

Term loanloans

The term loan isTerm loans are carried at amortized cost; however, the Company estimates the fair value of the term loanloans for disclosure purposes. The fair value of thea term loan is determined using inputs based on observable market data of a non-public exchange, using, which are classified as Level 2 inputs. The following table sets forth the carrying amount and fair value of the term loanloans (in thousands):

December 31, 

December 31,

2021

2020

2022

2021

Carrying 

Estimated 

Carrying 

Estimated 

Carrying 

Estimated 

Carrying 

Estimated 

    

Value

    

Fair Value

    

Value

    

Fair Value

    

Value

    

Fair Value

    

Value

    

Fair Value

Term loan

$

280,408

$

281,926

$

221,496

$

221,081

New Term Loan

$

312,881

$

290,979

$

$

Amended Prior Term Loan

$

$

$

280,408

$

281,926

Interest rate swap

The Company estimates the fair value of the interest rate swap on a quarterly basis using Level 2 inputs, including the forward LIBORSOFR curve. The fair value is estimated by comparing (i) the present value of all future monthly fixed rate payments versus (ii) the variable payments based on the forward LIBORSOFR curve. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company’s interest rate swap asset was $3.5 million and $0.5 million, respectively, which was recorded within other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s interest rate swap liability was $0.3 million, which was recorded within other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

6.GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

Goodwill

The following table presents the changes in the carrying value of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2021, 20202022 and 20192021 (in thousands):

    

Amount

    

Amount

Balance as of December 31, 2019

$

101,672

Acquisition of GLI

 

13,105

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

973

Balance as of December 31, 2020

115,750

$

115,750

Acquisition of Radiant

13,718

Acquisition

 

13,718

Foreign currency translation adjustment

(597)

 

(597)

Balance as of December 31, 2021

$

128,871

128,871

Acquisition

2,753

Measurement period adjustment

384

Foreign currency translation adjustment

(625)

Balance as of December 31, 2022

$

131,383

The Company performed an annual test for goodwill impairment in the fourth quarter of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 in accordance with Step 0 of ASC 350 and determined that goodwill was not impaired.

8982

Table of Contents

The Company performed an annual test for goodwill impairment in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 in accordance with Step 0 of ASC 350 and determined that goodwill was not impaired. The Company performed an annual test for goodwill impairment in the fourth quarter of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 in accordance with Step 1 of ASC 350 and determined that goodwill was not impaired.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets, net as of December 31, 2022 consisted of the following (in thousands):

December 31, 2022

Gross 

Foreign 

Carrying 

Currency 

Accumulated 

Net 

    

Amount

    

Translation

    

Amortization

    

Amount

Trade names and trademarks

$

148,100

$

(84)

$

22,982

$

125,034

Patented technology

 

16,126

 

37

 

6,959

 

9,204

Technology

13,000

939

12,061

Pool designs

 

13,628

 

(10)

 

2,037

 

11,581

Franchise relationships

 

1,187

 

45

 

1,064

 

168

Dealer relationships

 

197,376

 

13

 

46,699

 

150,690

Order backlog

1,600

1,600

Non-competition agreements

 

2,476

 

 

1,999

 

477

$

393,493

$

1

$

84,279

$

309,215

Intangible assets, net as of December 31, 2021 consisted of the following (in thousands):

December 31, 2021

Gross 

Foreign 

Carrying 

Currency 

Accumulated 

Net 

    

Amount

    

Translation

    

Amortization

    

Amount

Trade names and trademarks

$

148,100

$

439

$

16,382

$

132,157

Patented technology

 

16,126

 

65

 

5,205

 

10,986

Technology

13,000

72

12,928

Pool designs

 

13,628

 

265

 

1,101

 

12,792

Franchise relationships

 

1,187

 

54

 

767

 

474

Dealer relationships

 

197,376

 

22

 

30,838

 

166,560

Backlog

1,600

160

1,440

Non-competition agreements

 

2,476

 

 

1,503

 

973

$

393,493

$

845

$

56,028

$

338,310

Intangible assets, net as of December 31, 2020 consisted of the following (in thousands):

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2021

Gross 

Foreign 

Gross 

Foreign 

Carrying 

Currency 

Accumulated 

Net 

Carrying 

Currency 

Accumulated 

Net 

    

Amount

    

Translation

    

Amortization

    

Amount

    

Amount

    

Translation

    

Amortization

    

Amount

Trade names and trademarks

$

135,100

$

1,047

$

10,258

$

125,889

$

148,100

$

439

$

16,382

$

132,157

Patented technology

 

16,126

 

155

 

3,452

 

12,829

 

16,126

 

65

 

5,205

 

10,986

Technology

13,000

72

12,928

Pool designs

 

5,728

 

629

 

648

 

5,709

 

13,628

 

265

 

1,101

 

12,792

Franchise relationships

 

1,187

 

130

 

470

 

847

 

1,187

 

54

 

767

 

474

Dealer relationships

 

160,376

 

52

 

17,697

 

142,731

 

197,376

 

22

 

30,838

 

166,560

Order backlog

1,600

160

1,440

Non-competition agreements

 

2,476

 

 

1,008

 

1,468

 

2,476

 

 

1,503

 

973

$

320,993

$

2,013

$

33,533

$

289,473

$

393,493

$

845

$

56,028

$

338,310

The Company recognized $28.2 million, $22.6 million, $17.3 million, and $15.6$17.3 million of amortization expense related to intangible assets during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, 2020, and 2019,2020, respectively.

The Company estimates that amortization expense related to definite-lived intangible assets will be as follows in each of the next five years and thereafter (in thousands):

Estimated Future 

Estimated Future 

Amortization 

Amortization 

Year Ended

    

Expense

    

Expense

2022

$

28,158

2023

 

26,527

$

26,528

2024

 

25,707

 

25,708

2025

 

25,550

 

25,550

2026

 

25,550

 

25,550

2027

 

25,550

Thereafter

 

206,818

 

180,329

$

338,310

$

309,215

9083

Table of Contents

7.INVENTORIES, NET

Inventories, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

December 31, 

December 31,

    

2021

    

2020

    

2022

    

2021

Raw materials

$

77,510

$

37,010

$

95,388

$

77,510

Finished goods

 

32,046

 

27,808

 

69,832

 

32,046

$

109,556

$

64,818

$

165,220

$

109,556

8.PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

December 31, 

December 31,

    

2021

    

2020

    

2022

    

2021

Land

$

1,744

$

1,613

$

1,811

$

1,744

Building and improvements

 

7,369

 

5,898

 

9,946

 

7,369

Machinery and equipment

 

27,910

 

21,478

 

31,765

 

27,910

Furniture and fixtures

 

1,470

 

1,406

 

1,585

 

1,470

Computer equipment and software

 

7,011

 

6,633

 

6,888

 

7,011

Molds and dyes

 

13,365

 

9,051

 

16,934

 

13,365

Leasehold improvements

 

4,560

 

3,573

 

9,640

 

4,560

Vehicles

 

4,363

 

3,061

 

4,883

 

4,363

Construction in progress

 

18,677

 

8,525

 

46,581

 

18,677

 

86,469

 

61,238

 

130,033

 

86,469

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

(22,963)

 

(13,881)

 

(31,849)

 

(22,963)

$

63,506

$

47,357

$

98,184

$

63,506

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 and 2019 was $10.0 million, $9.7 million, $8.0 million and $6.0$8.0 million, respectively. Construction in progress recorded as of December 31, 20212022 and 20202021 primarily related to an increase in fiberglass molds and fiberglass production capacity. The Company recorded aggregate losses on sales and disposals of property and equipment of $0.3$0.2 million, $0.3 million, and $0.7$0.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 2020 and 20192020, respectively.

84

Table of Contents

9.LONG-TERM DEBT

The components of the Company’s outstanding debt obligations consisted of the following (in thousands):

December 31, 

December 31,

    

2021

    

2020

    

2022

    

2021

Term loan

$

284,009

$

228,147

New Term Loan

$

322,562

$

Amended Prior Term Loan

284,009

Less: Unamortized discount and debt issuance costs

 

(3,601)

 

(6,651)

 

(9,681)

 

(3,601)

Total debt

 

280,408

 

221,496

 

312,881

 

280,408

Less: Current portion of long-term debt

 

(17,220)

 

(13,042)

 

(3,250)

 

(17,220)

Total long-term debt

$

263,188

$

208,454

$

309,631

$

263,188

On February 23, 2022, Latham Pool Products entered into an agreement (the “New Credit Agreement”) with Barclays Bank PLC, which provides a senior secured multicurrency revolving line of credit (the “New Revolving Credit Facility”) in an initial principal amount of $75.0 million and a U.S. Dollar senior secured term loan (the “New Term Loan”) in an initial principal amount of $325.0 million (the “Refinancing”). On the closing date, proceeds under the New Credit Agreement were used to terminate the Credit Agreement (as defined below) by repayment of $294.0 million of outstanding debt thereunder and for general corporate purposes. As of December 31, 2022, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants under the New Credit Agreement

New Revolving Credit Facility

The New Revolving Credit Facility may be utilized to finance ongoing general corporate and working capital needs and permits Latham Pools Products to borrow loans in U.S. Dollars, Canadian Dollars, Euros, and Australian Dollars. The New Revolving Credit Facility matures on February 23, 2027. Loans outstanding under the New Revolving Credit Facility denominated in U.S. Dollars and Canadian Dollars bear interest, at the borrower’s option, at a rate per annum based on Term SOFR or CDO (each, as defined in the New Credit Agreement), as applicable, plus a margin of 3.50%, or at a rate per annum based on the Base Rate or the Canadian Prime Rate (each, as defined in the New Credit Agreement), plus a margin of 2.50%. Loans outstanding under the New Revolving Credit Facility denominated in Euros or Australian Dollars bear interest based on EURIBOR or the AUD Rate (each, as defined in the New Credit Agreement), respectively, plus a margin of 3.50%. A commitment fee accrues on any unused portion of the commitments under the New Revolving Credit Facility. The commitment fee is due and payable quarterly in arrears and is, initially, 0.375% per annum and will, thereafter, accrue at a rate per annum ranging from 0.25% to 0.50%, depending on the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the New Credit Agreement, the “First Lien Net Leverage Ratio”). Borrowings under the New Revolving Credit Facility are due at maturity.

The Company incurred debt issuance costs of $0.8 million related to the New Revolving Credit Facility. The debt issuance costs were recorded within other assets on the consolidated balance sheet and are being amortized over the life of the New Revolving Credit Facility.

The Company is required to meet certain financial covenants, including maintaining specific liquidity measurements. There are also negative covenants, including certain restrictions on the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens, make investments, consolidate, or merge with other entities, enter into transactions with affiliates, make prepayments with respect to certain indebtedness, and make restricted payments and other distributions.

As of December 31, 2022, there were no outstanding borrowings on the New Revolving Credit Facility.

New Term Loan

Pursuant to the New Credit Agreement, Latham Pool Products borrowed $325.0 million in term loans. The New Term Loan matures on February 23, 2029. Loans outstanding under the New Term Loan bear interest, at the borrower’s option, at a rate per annum based on Term SOFR (as defined in the New Credit Agreement), plus a margin ranging from

85

Table of Contents

3.75% to 4.00%, depending on the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, or based on the Base Rate (as defined in the New Credit Agreement), plus a margin ranging from 2.75% to 3.00%, depending on the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio. Loans under the New Term Loan are subject to scheduled quarterly amortization payments of $812,500, equal to 0.25% of the initial principal amount of the New Term Loan. The New Term Loan contains customary mandatory prepayment provisions, including requirements to make mandatory prepayments with 50% of any excess cash flow and with 100% of the net cash proceeds from the incurrence of indebtedness not otherwise permitted to be incurred by the covenants, asset sales, and casualty and condemnation events, in each case, subject to customary exceptions.

The Company recorded $6.1 million of debt issuance costs and $4.9 million of debt discount related to the New Term Loan as a direct reduction to the carrying amount of long-term debt on the consolidated balance sheet.

Outstanding borrowings as of December 31, 2022 were $312.9 million, net of discount and debt issuance costs of $9.7 million. In connection with the New Term Loan, the Company is subject to various negative, reporting, financial, and other covenants, including maintaining specific liquidity measurements.

As of December 31, 2022, the unamortized debt issuance costs and discount on the New Term Loan were $5.4 million and $4.3 million, respectively. The effective interest rate was 9.14% at December 31, 2022, including the impact of the Company’s interest rate swap.

Prior Revolving Credit Facility

On December 18, 2018, the Latham Pool Products entered into an agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC (“Nomura”) that included a revolving line of credit (the “Revolver”) and letters of credit (“Letters of Credit” or collectively with the Revolver, the “Revolving“Prior Revolving Credit Facility”), in the amount of up to $30 million, as well as a term loanthe Prior Term Loan (as described and defined below). The Prior Revolving Credit Facility was utilized to finance ongoing general corporate and working capital needs with the Revolver of up to $30.0 million. needs.

The Prior Revolving Credit Facility matures on December 18, 2023.

91

Table of Contents

The Revolving Credit Facility allowsallowed for either Eurocurrency borrowings, bearing interest ranging from 4.50% to 4.75%, or base rate borrowings, bearing interest ranging from 3.50% to 3.75% depending on the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, as defined in the Credit Agreement. A commitment fee accruesaccrued on any unused portion of the commitments under the Prior Revolving Credit Facility. The commitment fee iswas due and payable quarterly in arrears and iswas equal to the applicable margin times the actual daily amount by which the $30.0 million initial commitment exceedsexceeded the sum of the outstanding borrowings under the Revolver and outstanding Letters of Credit obligations. The applicable margin rangesranged from 0.375% to 0.500% as determined by the Company’s First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as defined in the Credit Agreement.

The Company iswas required to meet certain financial covenants, including maintaining specific liquidity measurements. There are also negative covenants, including certain restrictions on the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens, make investments, consolidate or merge with other entities, enter into transactions with affiliates, and make prepayments. As of December 31, 2021, and 2020, the Company was in compliance with all financial-related covenants related to the Credit Agreement. There were no amounts outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 on the Revolver or Letters of Credit.

Term Loan The Prior Revolving Credit Facility

On December 18, 2018, was terminated in connection with the Acquisition, the Company entered intoRefinancing.

Prior Term Loan

Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, with Nomura to borrowLatham Pool Products also borrowed $215.0 million in term loans (the “Original“Prior Term Loan”). The Company incurred debt issuance costs of $11.5 million related to the transaction.

The OriginalPrior Term Loan was amended on May 29, 2019, to provide additional borrowings of $23.0 million, atwhich was accounted for as a discount of $0.7 million (the “First Amendment”)modification to the Prior Term Loan, to fund the Company’s acquisition of Narellan. Any portion of the First Amendment not used to fund the acquisition of Narellan was required to be applied to repay the First Amendment in an aggregate amount equal to such portion of the First Amendment, without any premium or penalty.

On August 6, 2020, the Company entered into a Form of Affiliated Lender AssignmentGroup Pty Limited and Assumption with Nomuraits subsidiaries (the “Assignment”“First Amendment”). Under the Assignment, the Company repaid $4.975 million of the outstanding principal balance, which was accepted as full repayment of $5.0 million of the outstanding principal balance. The Company treated the $25.0 thousand as a gain on extinguishment of debt and recorded it within interest expense, net in its consolidated statements of operations during the year ended December 31, 2020.

On October 14, 2020, the Company entered into a subsequent amendment under the Original Term Loan with Nomura to borrow an additional $20.0 million (the “Second Amendment” and collectively with the Original Term Loan andLatham Pool Products amended the First Amendment the “Term Loan”). The Companyto provide additional borrowings of $20.0 million, which was accounted for the borrowings under the Second Amendment as new debt and recorded $0.1 million of third party costs as a direct reduction to the carrying amount of long-term debt(the “Second Amendment”). The Second Amendment was further amended on the consolidated balance sheet. There were no financing costs incurred with the Second Amendment. The Term Loan has a maturity date of June 18, 2025. Interest and principal payments are due quarterly.

On January 25, 2021, the Company entered into a subsequent amendment to the Term Loan with Nomura to borrowprovide an additional incremental term loan of $175.0 million (the “Third Amendment” and collectively with). On January 25, 2021, Latham Pool Products borrowed the “Term Loan”, the “Amended Term Loan”). The amendment did not change the maturity date of the Term Loanincremental term loan, and the Amended Term Loan bears interest under the same terms as the Term Loan. The Company accounted for $165.0 million of the borrowings under the Third Amendment as new debt and $10.0 million of the borrowings under the Third Amendment as a debt modification. The Company recorded an aggregate of $1.2 million of debt issuance costs as a direct reduction to the carrying amount of long-term debtproceeds were used on the consolidated balance sheet.

The Amended Term Loan allowed for the $175.0 million of proceeds to be distributed to Class A unitholders. On February 2, 2021 the Company used the proceeds of the Amended Term Loan to repurchasepurchase and retire treasury stock of $64.9 millionequity interests and to pay a dividenddistribution. On March 31, 2021, Latham Pool Products amended its Term Loan to Class A unitholdersrevise the applicable reporting

86

Table of $110.0 million.Contents

requirements (the “Fourth Amendment”). On April 27, 2021, upon completion of the IPO, the Company used $152.7 million of the net proceeds from the IPO to repay $152.7 million of the AmendedPrior Term Loan.

92

Table of Contents

On November 24, 2021, Latham Pool Products amended the Company entered into a subsequent amendment to the Amended Term Loan with Nomura to provide foradditional borrowings of $50 million (the “Fifth Amendment”). The proceeds from this incremental term loansloan were used to finance the Radiant Acquisition in an aggregate principal amount of $50.0 million.part. The new loans will have terms identical including with respect to, among other things, maturity, the interest rate and amortization. The other terms of the AmendedPrior Term Loan, remained unchanged. Undercollectively with the Amended Term Loan,First Amendment, Second Amendment, Third Amendment, the Company is required to repay the outstanding principal balance in fixed quarterly payments of $4.3 million, commencing December 31, 2021, with a final payment of $228.0 million due on June 18, 2025. The Company accounted for $22.6 million of the borrowings under the November 2021 amendment as new debtFourth Amendment, and $27.4 million of the borrowings under the Fifth Amendment, is referred to as a debt modification. The Company did not incur a material amount of issuance costs in connection with the additional borrowings under the Amended“Amended Prior Term Loan.

The Amended Prior Term Loan bearsbore interest at (1) a base rate equal to the highest of (i) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1122 of 1%, (ii) the “prime rate” published in the Money Rates section of the Wall Street Journal and (iii) LIBOR (2) plus a Loan Margin of (i) 6.00% for Eurocurrency Rate Loans and (ii) 5.00% for Base Rate Loans, as defined in the Credit Agreement. Principal payments under the First Amendment were calculated as 0.629% of the outstanding principal balance. In connection with the Amended Prior Term Loan, the Company iswas subject to various financial reporting, financial and other covenants, including maintaining specific liquidity measurements.

Under the Amended Prior Term Loan, the Company iswas required to make mandatory prepayments based on the Company’s excess cash flow for the year, as follows (as a percentage of the Company’s excess cash flow for the year):

Mandatory

Prepayment

Net Leverage Ratio

    

Percentage    

 

> 3.50:1.00

 

90

%

> 3.00:1.00 and ≤ 3.50:1.00

 

75

%

> 2.50:1.00 and ≤ 3.00:1.00

 

50

%

> 2.00:1.00 and ≤ 2.50:1.00

 

25

%

≤ 2.00:1.00

 

0

%

Net Leverage Ratio in the table above iswas defined, as of any date of determination, as the ratio of net indebtedness at such date to consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization.

There was no estimated mandatory prepayment to be paid as of December 31, 2021 or 2020.2021. There are also was negative covenants, including, but not limited to, certain restrictions on the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens, make investments, consolidate or merge with other entities, enter into transactions with affiliates, and make prepayments. As of December 31, 2021, and 2020, the Company was in compliance with all financial-related covenants related to the Term Loan.

As of December 31, 2021, the unamortized debt issuance costs and discount on the Amended Prior Term Loan were $2.5 million and $1.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, the unamortized debt issuance costs and discount on the Term Loan were $6.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively. The effective interest rate was 7.04% at December 31, 2021. The Amended Prior Term Loan was repaid and terminated in connection with the Refinancing.

Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk associated with the Company’sNew Credit Agreement is managed through an interest rate swap whichthat the Company executed on April 30, 2020. The swap has an effective date of May 18, 2020 and a termination date of May 18, 2023. In February of 2022, the Company amended its interest rate swap to change the index rate from LIBOR to SOFR in connection with the entry into the New Credit Agreement. Under the terms of the amended swap, the Company fixed its LIBORSOFR borrowing rate at 0.442%0.496% on a notional amount of $200.0 million. The interest rate swap is not designated as a hedging instrument for accounting purposes.

9387

Table of Contents

Debt Maturities

Principal payments due on the outstanding debt in the next five fiscal years, excluding any potential payments based on excess cash flow levels, are as follows (in thousands):

Term Loan

Term Loan

Year Ended

Facility

Facility

2022

    

$

17,220

2023

 

17,220

    

$

3,250

2024

 

17,220

 

3,250

2025

 

232,349

 

3,250

2026

 

3,250

2027

3,250

Thereafter

 

306,312

$

284,009

$

322,562

The obligations under the New Credit Agreement are guaranteed by certain wholly owned subsidiaries (the “Guarantors”) of the Company as defined in the security agreement. The obligations under the New Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of the Guarantors’ tangible and intangible assets, including their accounts receivables, equipment, intellectual property, inventory, cash and cash equivalents, deposit accounts, and security accounts. The New Credit Agreement also restricts payments and other distributions unless certain conditions are met, which could restrict the Company’s ability to pay dividends. The ownership chain between Latham Pool Products and the Company consists of a series of holding companies with no material assets, liabilities, or standalone operations other than indirect equity interests in Latham Pool Products.

10.ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIESCOMPOSITION OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

December 31, 

 

December 31,

    

2021

    

2020

    

2022

    

2021

Accrued sales rebates

$

20,300

$

15,511

$

16,705

$

20,300

Accrued product warranties

 

4,717

 

2,705

 

3,763

 

4,717

Accrued incentives

 

9,205

 

11,244

 

2,727

 

9,205

Accrued vacation

 

2,773

 

3,805

 

2,422

 

2,773

Accrued payroll

 

6,107

 

6,098

 

5,750

 

6,107

Deferred offering costs

 

 

1,040

Accrued interest

2,868

Accrued third-party services

 

1,458

 

2,172

 

706

 

1,458

Income taxes payable

587

923

587

Deferred revenue

5,927

4,530

4,480

5,927

Other

 

8,023

 

6,373

Other accrued expenses

 

10,541

 

8,023

Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities

$

59,097

$

53,478

$

50,885

$

59,097

88

Table of Contents

Allowance for Bad Debt

The allowance for bad debt consisted of the following (in thousands):

Year Ended  

December 31,

    

2022

    

2021

    

2020

Balance at the beginning of the year

$

2,393

$

1,438

$

1,322

Bad debt expense

 

2,011

 

979

 

358

Write-offs, net of recoveries

 

(1,243)

 

(24)

 

(242)

Balance at the end of the year

$

3,161

$

2,393

$

1,438

11.PRODUCT WARRANTIES

The warranty reserve activity consisted of the following (in thousands):

Year Ended

Year Ended

December 31, 

December 31,

    

2021

    

2020

2019

    

2022

    

2021

2020

Balance at the beginning of the year

$

2,882

$

2,846

$

1,977

$

4,909

$

2,882

$

2,846

Accruals for warranties issued

 

8,824

 

3,966

 

3,729

 

4,567

 

8,824

 

3,966

Warranty liabilities assumed in GLI Acquisition

 

 

118

 

 

 

 

118

Warranty liabilities assumed in Radiant Acquisition

50

50

Less: Settlements made (in cash or in kind)

 

(6,847)

 

(4,048)

 

(2,860)

 

(5,486)

 

(6,847)

 

(4,048)

Balance at the end of the year

$

4,909

$

2,882

$

2,846

$

3,990

$

4,909

$

2,882

12.EXIT OR DISPOSAL COSTS

On November 8, 2022, the Company approved a cost reduction plan focused on efforts to improve efficiencies and decrease costs. The plan involved the closure of the Company’s manufacturing facility in Bossier City, Louisiana, and a reduction to the Company’s workforce. The Company expects to incur charges for employee severance and related costs, as well as fixed asset and facility related expenses, of approximately $1.6 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recognized costs related to the plan totaling $1.1 million, comprised primarily of $1.0 million for severance and related costs and $0.1 million of fixed asset and facility related expenses. These charges were included in cost of sales and selling, general, and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. The remaining costs under the plan of approximately $0.5 million are expected to be incurred and recognized in 2023. The Company did not have an exit or disposal cost related liability as of December 31, 2022 or 2021.

9489

Table of Contents

12.13.LEASES

The Company leases vehicles, manufacturing facilities, office space, land, and equipment under operating leases. As of December 31, 2022, our operating leases substantially have remaining terms of one year to eleven years, some of which include options to extend and/or terminate the leases. The Company does not have material finance leases.

The components of lease expense for the year ended December 31, 2022 were as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended

December 31, 2022

    

Operating lease expense

$

9,085

Short-term lease expense

 

156

Variable lease expense

 

573

Total lease expense

 

9,814

The table below presents supplemental information related to leases as of December 31, 2022:

December 31, 2022

Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)

Operating leases

6.5

Weighted-average discount rate

Operating leases

4.9

%

The table below presents supplemental information related to the cash flows for operating leases recorded on the consolidated statements of cash flows (in thousands):

Year Ended

    

December 31, 2022

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

Operating cash flows for operating leases

$

6,920

The following table summarizes maturities of operating lease liabilities as of December 31, 2022:

    

Operating Leases

2023

$

8,663

2024

8,045

2025

7,386

2026

5,903

2027

4,243

Thereafter

12,036

Total lease payments

46,276

Less: Interest

(6,962)

Present value of lease liability

$

39,314

90

Table of Contents

Under ASC 840, the minimum annual rental commitments under non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2021 were as follows (in thousands):

    

Year Ended

2022

$

8,094

2023

6,278

2024

5,674

2025

4,726

2026

3,479

Thereafter

6,854

$

35,105

Under ASC 840, rental expense during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $8.8 million and $6.8 million, respectively.

14.NET SALES

The following table sets forth the Company’s disaggregation of net sales by product line (in thousands):

Year Ended

December 31, 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

In-ground Swimming Pools

$

368,465

$

237,410

$

175,033

Covers

 

132,126

 

84,524

 

70,984

Liners

 

129,865

 

81,455

 

71,958

$

630,456

$

403,389

$

317,975

The allowance for bad debt activity during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended  

Year Ended

December 31, 

December 31,

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

    

2022

    

2021

    

2020

Balance at the beginning of the year

$

1,438

$

1,322

$

1,535

Bad debt expense

 

979

 

358

 

253

Write-offs

 

(24)

 

(242)

 

(466)

Balance at the end of the year

$

2,393

$

1,438

$

1,322

In-ground Swimming Pools

$

385,467

$

368,465

$

237,410

Covers

 

158,449

 

132,126

 

84,524

Liners

 

151,820

 

129,865

 

81,455

$

695,736

$

630,456

$

403,389

13.INCOME TAXES

The Company is subject to United States federal, state and local income taxes, as well as other foreign income taxes. The domestic and foreign components of its (loss) income before income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended  

December 31, 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

(Loss) income before income taxes:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Domestic

$

(68,261)

$

19,609

$

9,939

Foreign

 

14,731

 

3,150

 

(7,153)

Total

$

(53,530)

$

22,759

$

2,786

Current and deferred income tax expense (benefit) is composed of the following (in thousands):

Year Ended  

December 31, 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

Current income tax expense (benefit):

 

  

 

  

 

  

Domestic

$

19,855

$

10,342

$

5,424

Foreign

 

991

 

1,104

 

131

Total current tax (benefit) expense

 

20,846

 

11,446

 

5,555

Deferred income tax (benefit) expense:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Domestic

 

(1,912)

 

(4,532)

 

(10,020)

Foreign

 

(10,116)

 

(138)

 

(206)

Total deferred tax (benefit) expense

 

(12,028)

 

(4,670)

 

(10,226)

Total income tax (benefit) expense

$

8,818

$

6,776

$

(4,671)

9591

Table of Contents

15.INCOME TAXES

The Company is subject to United States federal, state, and local income taxes, as well as other foreign income taxes. The domestic and foreign components of its income (loss) before income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended  

December 31,

    

2022

    

2021

    

2020

Income (loss) before income taxes:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Domestic

$

2,574

$

(68,261)

$

19,609

Foreign

 

11,147

 

14,731

 

3,150

Total

$

13,721

$

(53,530)

$

22,759

Current and deferred income tax expense (benefit) is composed of the following (in thousands):

Year Ended  

December 31,

    

2022

    

2021

    

2020

Current income tax expense:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Domestic

$

22,133

$

19,855

$

10,342

Foreign

 

1,084

 

991

 

1,104

Total current tax expense

 

23,217

 

20,846

 

11,446

Deferred income tax (benefit) expense:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Domestic

 

(6,020)

 

(1,912)

 

(4,532)

Foreign

 

2,218

 

(10,116)

 

(138)

Total deferred tax (benefit) expense

 

(3,802)

 

(12,028)

 

(4,670)

Total income tax expense

$

19,415

$

8,818

$

6,776

The reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate with the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows (% of Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes):

    

Year Ended

    

Year Ended

    

Year Ended

 

    

Year Ended

    

Year Ended

    

Year Ended

 

    

December 31, 2021

    

December 31, 2020

    

December 31, 2019

 

    

December 31, 2022

    

December 31, 2021

    

December 31, 2020

 

Federal statutory tax rate

 

21.0

%  

21.0

%  

21.0

%

 

21.0

%  

21.0

%  

21.0

%

Foreign rate differential

 

(1.4)

%  

1.2

%  

1.1

%

 

4.1

%  

(1.4)

%  

1.2

%

State income tax, net of federal benefit

 

(3.3)

%  

1.4

%  

(67.2)

%

 

14.0

%  

(3.3)

%  

1.4

%

Uncertain tax positions

 

(0.3)

%  

0.8

%  

348.2

%

 

2.1

%  

(0.3)

%  

0.8

%

Change in valuation allowance

 

23.8

%  

(1.1)

%  

(5.9)

%

 

%  

23.8

%  

(1.1)

%

GILTI

 

0.8

%  

1.5

%  

21.1

%

GILTI (FDII)

 

(4.0)

%  

0.8

%  

1.5

%

Meals and entertainment

 

(0.2)

%  

0.5

%  

6.8

%

 

0.7

%  

(0.2)

%  

0.5

%

Foreign expenses not deductible for tax

 

(0.8)

%  

1.7

%  

56.1

%

 

3.2

%  

(0.8)

%  

1.7

%

Transaction costs not deductible for tax

 

(0.2)

%  

2.0

%  

13.3

%

 

18.8

%  

(0.2)

%  

2.0

%

Nondeductible stock compensation

(48.0)

%  

%  

%  

67.3

%  

(48.0)

%  

%  

Canadian restructuring

 

%  

%  

(562.4)

%

Stock compensation shortfall (windfall)

 

1.2

%  

%  

%

Canadian branch income

 

(9.1)

%  

1.8

%  

0.0

%

 

8.8

%  

(9.1)

%  

1.8

%

Other permanent items

 

1.2

%  

(1.0)

%  

(0.1)

%

 

4.3

%  

1.2

%  

(1.0)

%

 

(16.5)

%  

29.8

%  

(168.0)

%

 

141.5

%  

(16.5)

%  

29.8

%

92

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes changes in the valuation allowance (in thousands):

Year Ended

Year Ended

December 31, 

December 31,

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

    

2022

    

2021

    

2020

Balance at January 1

$

(12,704)

$

(12,463)

$

(12,300)

$

$

(12,704)

$

(12,463)

Additions

 

 

(241)

 

(163)

 

 

 

(241)

Deductions

12,704

12,704

Balance at December 31

$

$

(12,704)

$

(12,463)

$

$

$

(12,704)

The Inflation Reduction Act (“IRA”) was passed into law on August 16, 2022. The key provisions from the IRA include the implementation of a 15% alternative book income minimum tax, an excise tax on stock buybacks, and significant tax incentives for energy and climate initiatives. The Company evaluated the key provisions under the IRA and concluded that the provisions are not applicable to Latham for year ended December 31, 2022.

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Act”). The Act made broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code, including, but not limited to (1) reducing the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018, (2) bonus depreciation that allows for full expensing of qualified property, (3) interest expense deduction limitation rules, and (4) new international tax provisions including, but not limited to, GILTIglobal intangible low-tax income (“GILTI”) and Foreign Derived Intangible Income (“FDII”). The Act also required companies to record/pay a one-time transition tax on earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries that were previously tax deferred. The one-time transition tax was based on the Company’s total post-1986 earnings and profits (“E&P”) that were previously deferred for U.S. income tax purposes. The Company did not record a liability for the one-time transition tax for all of its foreign subsidiaries as the Company did not have aggregate E&P from those foreign subsidiaries.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company finalized the computations of the income tax effects of the Act. Although the Company has completed its accounting for the effects of the Act, the determination of the Act’s income tax effects may change following future legislation or further interpretation of the Act based on the publication of recently proposed U.S. Treasury regulations and guidance from the Internal Revenue Service and state tax authorities. The Company has elected with respect to its treatment of GILTI to account for taxes on GILTI as incurred.

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the "CARES Act") was enacted in response to the coronavirus ("COVID-19") pandemic. The CARES Act is aimed at providing assistance and health care for individuals, families, and businesses affected by COVID-19 and generally supporting the U.S. economy. The CARES Act, among other things, includes provisions related to refundable payroll tax credits, deferment of the employer portion of social security payments, net operating loss carryback periods, modifications to the net interest deduction limitations, and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified improvement property. The CARES Act did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

96

Table of Contents

On December 27, 2020, the Consolidated Appropriations Act (“CAA”) was enacted in further response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The CAA extended many of the provisions enacted by the CARES Act, the extension of which likewise did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, which is intended to enhance and simplify various aspects of the accounting for income taxes. The amendments in this update remove certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 related to the approach for intraperiod tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. ASU 2019-12 also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application of the accounting for franchise taxes, enacted changes in tax laws or rates, and transactions that result in a step-up in the tax basis of goodwill. The adoption of this standard duringFor the year ended December 31, 20212022, the Act's amendments to research and development (“R&D”) expenditures no longer permit an immediate deduction for R&D expenditures, including those related to internally developed software, in the tax year that such costs are incurred. Companies are now required no cumulative-effect adjustmentsto capitalize and did not have a material impactamortize all R&D expenditures and requires taxpayers to determine the proper amount of their R&D costs. The Company considered these new requirements and recorded the deferred tax asset on the Company’s financial position or resultscapitalization of operations.the R&D expenditures.

In addition, the Act Section 163(j) provides for a change to the interest deduction limitation for tax years starting January 1, 2022, and later. Taxable income no longer is adjusted for depreciation, amortization, and depletion in arriving at adjusted taxable income ("ATI"), resulting in lower ATI and potentially a greater interest disallowance. The Company adjusted the interest expense limitation calculation within the GILTI calculation to account for the Section 163(j) update.

Deferred Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes recognize the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the carrying amounts used for income tax purposes, and the impact of available net operating loss (“NOL”) and tax credit carryforwards. These items are stated at the enacted tax rates that are expected to be in effect when taxes are actually paid or recovered.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities recorded on the balance sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 consist of the following (in thousands):

    

December 31, 

2021

    

2020

Deferred tax assets:

 

  

 

  

Net operating loss carryforwards

$

9,885

$

12,099

Inventories, net

 

1,267

 

473

Warranty reserve

 

1,041

 

789

Trade receivables

 

483

 

360

Profits interest units

 

1,778

 

760

Accrued expenses

 

539

 

1,010

Transaction costs

 

1,211

 

607

Future branch taxes

(2,462)

Other

 

719

 

216

Gross deferred tax assets

 

14,461

 

16,314

Valuation allowance

 

 

(12,704)

Total deferred tax asset

 

14,461

 

3,610

Less: Foreign deferred tax benefit

 

(10,603)

 

(345)

Total domestic deferred tax asset

 

3,858

 

3,265

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

  

 

  

Intangible assets

 

(50,298)

 

(53,874)

Property and equipment, net

 

(5,788)

 

(4,120)

Prepaid expenses and other

 

(1,201)

 

(464)

Investments in partnerships

(2,914)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

(60,201)

 

(58,458)

Net deferred tax liabilities

$

(56,343)

$

(55,193)

9793

Table of Contents

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities recorded on the balance sheets as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 consist of the following (in thousands):

    

December 31,

2022

    

2021

Deferred tax assets:

 

  

 

  

Net operating loss carryforwards

$

7,267

$

9,885

Inventories, net

 

2,663

 

1,267

Warranty reserve

 

783

 

1,041

Trade receivables

 

719

 

483

Profits interest units

 

1,885

 

1,778

Accrued expenses

 

352

 

539

Transaction costs

 

1,211

 

1,211

Future branch taxes

(1,820)

(2,462)

Other

 

1,335

 

719

Total deferred tax asset

 

14,395

 

14,461

Less: Foreign deferred tax benefit

 

(7,762)

 

(10,603)

Total domestic deferred tax asset

 

6,633

 

3,858

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

  

 

  

Intangible assets

 

(49,257)

 

(50,298)

Property and equipment, net

 

(6,078)

 

(5,788)

Prepaid expenses and other

 

(1,161)

 

(1,201)

Investments in partnerships

(318)

(2,914)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

(56,814)

 

(60,201)

Net deferred tax liabilities

$

(50,181)

$

(56,343)

ASC 740, Income Taxes, requires that the Company reduce its deferred income tax assets by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of the available evidence, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. After consideration of all evidence, both positive and negative, management concluded that it is more likely than not that it willwould be able to realize all of its deferred tax assets and that a valuation allowance of $12.7 million iswas no longer necessary as of December 31, 2021. Accordingly, the valuation allowance was released during the year ended December 31, 2021.

For the year ended December 31, 2022, management considered all evidence, both positive and negative, and concluded that it is more likely than not that it will be able to realize all of its deferred tax assets and no valuation allowance was needed.

As of December 31, 2021,2022, the Company had net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of approximately $9.9$7.3 million (tax effected), which will be available to offset future taxable income and tax liabilities. The NOL carryforwards expire in calendar years 2026 through 2039.

The Company reinvests earnings of foreign operations indefinitely and, accordingly, does not provide for income taxes that could result from the remittance of such earnings. The Company acknowledges that it would need to accrue and pay taxes should it decide to repatriate cash generated from earnings of its foreign subsidiaries that are considered indefinitely reinvested but expect that the potential tax liability would be insignificant.

Tax Uncertainties

The liability related to uncertain tax positions, exclusive of interest, is $5.4$6.4 million at December 31, 2021.2022. Of this amount, $5.4$6.4 million, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate. The Company does not expect this balance to significantly change within the next twelve months. The Company’s policy is to record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the income tax provision (benefit). As of December 31, 2021,2022, the Company had $0.3$0.6 million of accrued interest and 0no accrued penalties.

94

Table of Contents

The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S., certain states, and numerous foreign jurisdictions. While the Company believes it has adequately provided for all tax positions, amounts asserted by taxing authorities could be greater than its accrued position. Accordingly, additional provisions on federal and foreign tax-related matters could be recorded in the future as revised estimates are made or the underlying matters are settled or otherwise resolved.

The Company files a federal consolidated tax return whichthat includes all U.S. entities as well several combined/consolidated state tax returns and separate state tax returns. In addition, the Company files Canadian and Australian tax returns for its Canadian, Australian, and New Zealand entities. The Company is subject to the regular examination of our income tax returns by tax authorities. The Company does not have any federal audits in process. Examinations in material jurisdictions or changes in laws, rules, regulations, or interpretations by local taxing authorities could result in impacts to tax years open under statute or to foreign operating structures currently in place. The Company regularly assesses the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations or changes in laws, rules, regulations, or interpretations to determine the adequacy of our provision for taxes. It is possible the outcomes from these examinations will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.

Tax years from the fiscal year ended December 31, 20182019 through present are open for examination in the U.S. Tax years and tax periods ended December 31, 20172018 through present are open for state examination. The Company’s 2019 Illinois return is currently under examination by the state of Illinois. Tax years and tax periods from June 30, 2019 through present are currently open for examination in Canada. Tax years and tax periods from June 30, 2018 through present are currently open for examination in Canada. Tax years and tax periods from June 30, 2017 through present are currently open for examination in Australia. Tax years and tax periods from March 31, 20172018 through present are currently open for examination in New Zealand.

The following is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of uncertain tax positions (in thousands):

Year Ended

Year Ended

December 31, 

December 31,

    

2021

    

2020

    

2022

    

2021

Balance at the beginning of the year

$

9,862

$

9,681

$

10,011

$

9,862

Additions for tax positions taken during prior years

 

149

 

181

 

292

 

149

Additions for tax positions taken during the current year

 

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

$

10,011

$

9,862

$

10,303

$

10,011

98

Table of Contents

14.16.COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Lease Commitments

The Company leases certain property and equipment under agreements generally with terms of five years or less and may include certain renewal options. Rental expense during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $8.8 million, $6.8 million and $6.1 million, respectively.

The minimum annual rental commitments under non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2021 are due as follows (in thousands):

    

Year Ended

2022

$

8,094

2023

 

6,278

2024

 

5,674

2025

 

4,726

2026

 

3,479

Thereafter

 

6,854

$

35,105

Litigation

In the normal course of its business, the Company is involved in various legal proceedings involving contractual and employment relationships, product liability claims, trademark rights, and a variety of other matters. The Company does not believe there are any pending legal proceedings that will have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. At each reporting date, the Company evaluates whether or not a potential loss amount or a potential range of loss is probable and reasonably estimable under the provisions of the authoritative guidance that addresses accounting for contingencies. The Company expenses as incurred the costs related to such legal proceedings.

15.17.EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company has various retirement savings plans covering substantially all employees of the Company. These plans allow eligible employees to make discretionary contributions. The Company makes discretionary matching and other contributions depending on the plan and recognized expense of $1.7 million, $2.0 million, $0.8 million and $0.9$0.8 million related to such plans during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, and 2019, respectively.

95

Table of Contents

During the year-ended December 31, 2020, the Company terminated its defined benefit pension plan, liquidating the existing plan assets and settling all remaining plan obligations associated with the Company’s pension plans, which resulted in an immaterial impact to the consolidated financial statements.

99

Table of Contents

16.18.PROFITS INTEREST UNITS

Prior to the Reorganization, the Company’s Parent granted profit interest units (“PIUs”) in the form of Class B units of the Parent to certain key employees and directors for purposes of retaining them and enabling such individuals to participate in the long-term growth and financial success of the Company. As part of the Reorganization, the vested and unvested PIUs of the Parent were converted on a pro rata basis into equivalent restricted stock units and restricted stock awards of the Company’s common stock. The following table summarizes the activity for all PIUs during the years ended December 31, 2021 2020 and 2019:2020:

Weighted-Average

Weighted-Average

 Grant-Date

 Grant-Date

    

Number of PIUs

    

 Fair Value

    

Number of PIUs

    

 Fair Value

Balance at January 1, 2019

20,890,124

$

0.41

Granted

3,692,699

$

0.38

Forfeited

 

(2,848,653)

$

0.41

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

21,734,170

 

  

Balance at January 1, 2020

 

21,734,170

 

  

Granted

 

7,843,107

$

0.60

 

7,843,107

0.60

Forfeited

 

(2,152,315)

$

0.35

 

(2,152,315)

0.35

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

27,424,962

$

0.43

 

27,424,962

$

0.43

Forfeited

 

(1,266,068)

$

0.34

 

(1,266,068)

0.34

Converted at IPO in connection with the Reorganization

 

(26,158,894)

$

0.43

 

(26,158,894)

0.43

Balance at December 31, 2021

 

$

 

$

On January 29, 2021, an employee holder of PIUs terminated his employment with the Company, at which time all 1,055,057 of his performance-vesting units were forfeited. At the time of his termination, the employee held 527,528 of time-vesting units, of which 211,011 time-vesting units were vested. Per the terms of his termination agreement, the Company accelerated the vesting of an additional 105,506 time-vesting units, such that the total time-vesting units vested were equal to 316,517 upon his termination and the remaining 211,011 of unvested time-vesting units were forfeited upon his termination. As the employee’s profits interest units had not vested from an accounting perspective, the retention and immediate vesting of the retained time-vesting units was accounted for as a modification. A cumulative catch-up charge of $1.1 million was recorded during the fiscal quarter ended April 3, 2021 to reflect the incremental fair value of the awards as of the date of the modification, as compared to the grant-date fair value.

The Company used the following assumptions in conjunction with the Contingent Claims Analysis Model to estimate the fair value of the PIUs:

Year Ended

Year Ended

    

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

Expected volatility

55.00

%  

49.00

%

Risk-free interest rate

0.20

%  

1.90

%

Expected term (in years)

 

3.2

 

4.6

Expected dividend yield

 

%  

%

Year Ended

December 31, 2020

Expected volatility

55.00

%  

Risk-free interest rate

0.20

%  

Expected term (in years)

3.2

Expected dividend yield

%  

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recorded $0.6 million in stock-based compensation expense related to the settlement of the Contingent Consideration, which is recorded in selling, general, and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

10096

Table of Contents

17.19.STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

On April 12, 2021, the Company’s stockholders approved the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Incentive Plan”), which became effective on April 22, 2021, upon pricing of the IPO. The Omnibus Incentive Plan provides for the issuance of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and other stock-based and cash-based awards. The maximum aggregate number of shares reserved for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan is 13,170,212 shares. The maximum grant date fair value of cash and equity awards that may be awarded to a non-employee director under the Omnibus Incentive Plan during any one fiscal year, together with any cash fees paid to such non-employee director during such fiscal year, will be $750 thousand.$750,000.

Contemporaneously with the pricing of the Company’s IPO, on April 22, 2021 the Company granted 8,340,126 of restricted stock awards, 341,301 of restricted stock units and 886,862 of option awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan to employees of the Company. Of the 8,340,126 restricted stock awards granted, (i) 6,799,414 vest every six months in equal installments beginning on December 27, 2021 and ending on December 27, 2023, and (ii) 1,540,712 vest every six months in equal installments, beginning on December 27, 2021 and ending on December 27, 2024. Of the 341,301 restricted stock unit awards granted, (i) 251,828 vest 1/3 on the nine-month anniversary of the Closing of the IPO, 1/3 on the first anniversary of the Closing of the IPO, and 1/3 on the two-year anniversary of the Closing of the IPO; (ii) 22,367 vest on the first anniversary of the Closing of the IPO; (iii) 51,316 vest on December 16, 2021; and (iv) 15,790 vest evenly on each of the first three anniversaries of the Closing of the IPO. All 886,862 of the option awards vest 25% annually on each of the first four anniversaries of the Closing of the IPO. The option awards were granted with a strike price of $19.00 per share. Under the terms of the Omnibus Incentive Plan, all stock options will expire if not exercised within ten years of the grant date.

Stock-basedThe following table summarizes the Company’s stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $128.8 million and $1.8 million, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense of $8.7 million and $120.1 million was recorded in cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expense, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2021. Stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 was recorded in selling, general and administrative expense on the consolidated statements of operations. expense:

Year Ended

December 31,

2022

2021

    

2020

Cost of sales

$

3,762

$

8,697

$

Selling, general, and administrative

 

46,872

 

120,078

 

1,827

$

50,634

$

128,775

$

1,827

Of the $128.8 million of stock-based compensation expense recorded during the year ended December 31, 2021, $0.5 million was duerelated to the accelerated vesting of restricted stock and $49.0 million was duerelated to the modification as a result of the Reorganization. Refer to Note 1618 above for detail regarding the Company’s equity-based awards issued in the form of PIUs prior to the Reorganization and IPO. The recognized income tax benefit related to stock-based compensation was $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The recognized income tax benefit related to stock-based compensation was $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. There was no recognized income tax benefit related to stock-based compensation for the yearsyear ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.2020. As of December 31, 2021,2022, total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to all unvested stock-based awards of $73.6was $22.9 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.451.20 years.

The following table sets forth the significant assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model on a weighted-average basis to determine the fair value of option awards granted:

Year Ended

December 31, 2021

Risk-free interest rate

0.64

%

Expected volatility

38.19

%

Expected term (in years)

6.25

Expected dividend yield

0.00

%

Year Ended

December 31,

2022

2021

Risk-free interest rate

 

2.06

%

0.64

%

Expected volatility

 

39.68

%

38.19

%

Expected term (in years)

 

6.25

6.25

Expected dividend yield

 

0.00

%

0.00

%

10197

Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Awards

The following table represents the Company’s restricted stock awards activity during the year ended December 31, 2021:2022:

Weighted-

Weighted-

Average Grant-

Average Grant-

    

Shares

    

Date Fair Value

    

Shares

    

Date Fair Value

Outstanding at January 1, 2021

 

$

Outstanding at January 1, 2022

 

5,803,124

$

19.00

Granted

 

8,340,126

 

19.00

 

 

Vested

 

(1,522,026)

 

 

(2,746,520)

 

19.00

Forfeited

 

(1,014,976)

 

19.00

 

(480,385)

 

19.00

Outstanding at December 31, 2021

 

5,803,124

$

19.00

Outstanding at December 31, 2022

 

2,576,219

$

19.00

Restricted Stock Units

The following table represents the Company’s restricted stock units activity during the year ended December 31, 2021:2022:

    

    

Weighted-

    

    

Weighted-

Average Grant-

Average Grant-

Shares

Date Fair Value

Shares

Date Fair Value

Outstanding at January 1, 2021

 

$

Outstanding at January 1, 2022

 

278,591

$

19.08

Granted

 

346,674

 

19.07

 

544,832

 

6.92

Vested

 

(51,316)

 

19.00

 

(186,613)

 

19.05

Forfeited

 

(16,767)

 

19.00

 

(18,869)

 

19.00

Outstanding at December 31, 2021

 

278,591

$

19.08

Outstanding at December 31, 2022

 

617,941

$

8.37

Stock Options

The following table represents the Company’s stock option activity during the year ended December 31, 2021:2022:

    

Weighted-

    

Weighted-

    

    

Weighted-

    

Weighted-

    

Average 

Average 

Average 

Average 

Exercise Price

Remaining 

Aggregate 

Exercise Price

Remaining 

Aggregate 

    

Shares

    

 per Share

    

Contract Term

    

Intrinsic Value

    

Shares

    

 per Share

    

Contract Term

    

Intrinsic Value

 

 

(in years)

(in thousands)

 

 

(in years)

(in thousands)

Outstanding on January 1, 2021

 

$

 

$

Outstanding at January 1, 2022

 

822,886

$

19.08

 

Granted

 

903,978

19.08

 

  

 

  

 

1,514,372

13.22

 

  

 

  

Exercised

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

Forfeited

 

(81,092)

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

(422,588)

 

17.25

 

  

 

  

Outstanding at December 31, 2021

 

822,886

$

19.08

 

9.32

$

4,893

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2021

 

822,886

$

19.08

 

9.32

$

4,893

Options exercisable at December 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2022

 

1,914,670

$

14.85

 

8.89

$

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2022

 

1,914,670

$

14.85

 

8.89

$

Options exercisable at December 31, 2022

 

174,607

$

19.03

 

7.39

$

The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the stock options and the fair value of the Company’s common stock for those stock options that had exercise prices lower than the fair value of the Company’s common stock.

The weighted average grant-date fair value of stock options granted during the yearyears ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 was $5.53 per share and $7.25 per share.share, respectively.

10298

Table of Contents

18.20.SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY

Equity Structure Prior to Reorganization

Prior to the IPO and the Reorganization, the Parent owned 100% of the issued and outstanding common stock of the Company. The capital structure of the Parent consisted of 2two different classes of limited partnership interests, Class A and Class B units (profits interests). Prior to the Reorganization, NaNnone of the Class B units would have been vested for accounting purposes due tobecause of the Parent’s $0 Repurchase Right, which applied in the event of a voluntary termination or termination without cause, since it functions as a vesting condition.

Reorganization

Prior to the Closing of the IPO, the Company’s parent entity, Parent, merged with and into Latham Group, Inc., The purpose of the Reorganization was to allow existing indirect owners of the Company to become direct shareholders of the Company.

In connection with the Reorganization, Class A units of the Parent (the “Class A units”) were converted into economically equivalent number of shares of the Company’s common stock on a pro rata basis to the individual holders’ ownership , and Class B units of the Parent (the “Class B units”) were converted into an economically equivalent number of restricted and unrestricted shares of the Company’s common stock, based on each individual’s respective equity value, as derived by individual Class B ownership. The Reorganization was accounted for as an equity reorganization between entities under common control.

As the Class A units were akin to common shares as all holders held economic interest of the Parent and were entitled to distributions on a pro rata basis to their respective the individual holders’ ownership, the conversion of Class A units to common shares as part of the Reorganization was considered to be the equivalent to a stock split, which requires retrospective treatment for accounting purposes. Accordingly, all share and per share amounts in these consolidated financial statements and related notes have been retroactively restated, where applicable, for all periods herein, to give effect to the conversion ratio applied in connection with the Reorganization. As a result of the retrospective application of the Reorganization, any transaction between the Company and Parent has been eliminated from these consolidated financial statements as these represent intercompany transactions.

Class B units were historically accounted for as compensatory arrangements in accordance with ASC 718 “Compensation – Stock Compensation”,Compensation,” akin to stock appreciation rights, that when vested would share onin the economic appreciation of the equity value of Parent over the agreed hurdles. As a result of the Reorganization, the Company determined that only vested Class B units are considered outstanding for accounting purposes. A portion of the Class B units vest based on continued employment by the holder, or time-vesting units, and the remaining Class B units vest upon defined performance and market conditions, or performance-vesting units. Therefore, the Company has considered any unvested restricted shares as contingently issuable shares until they vest. The conversion of time-vesting Class B units to restricted shares is retrospectively included in the weighted-average common shares outstanding used to calculate diluted net income (loss) per share using the treasury stock method for each period in which the individual unit holder’s threshold was met at the reporting datedate. and therefore the individual unit holder would have participated in a hypothetical distribution to the Parent unit holders, if dilutive. The conversion of performance-vesting Class B units to restricted shares is not included in the weighted-average shares outstanding used to calculate diluted net income (loss) per share for any period prior to the Reorganization and IPO as the performance vesting thresholds were not satisfied and the performance units were not considered probable to vest historically. Refer to Note 1921 for additional details relating to net income (loss) per shareshare.

Equity Structure Subsequent to the Reorganization

On April 13, 2021, the Company’s certificate of incorporation was amended and restated. Under the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the Company has authority to issue 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share. On April 12, 2021, the Company’s board of directors declared and on April 13, 2021, the Company effected a 109,673.709-for-one stock split of its issued and outstanding shares of common stock.

10399

Table of Contents

As a part of the equity Reorganization, on April 22, 2021, 194,207,115 Class A units converted into 97,187,596 shares of common stock and 26,158,894 Class B units converted into 4,145,987 shares of common stock and 8,340,126 shares of unvested restricted stock.

Amendment and Restatement of Certificate of Incorporation

On April 22, 2021, the Company’s certificate of incorporation was further amended and restated to, among other things, increase the authorized shares to 1,000,000,000, of which 900,000,000 are shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 100,000,000 are shares of preferred stock, par value 0.0001 per share.

Offering of Common Stock

On January 11, 2022, the Company completed an offering of 13,800,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, including the exercise in full by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to 1,800,000 additional shares of common stock, at a public offering price of $19.50 per share. The Company received proceeds of $257.7 million from this offering, net of $11.4 million of underwriting fees. The proceeds of $257.7 million were used to purchase 13,800,000 shares of common stock from certain of the Company’s stockholders, primarily investment funds managed by the Sponsor and Wynnchurch Capital, L.P., and also a small percentage of shares of common stock owned by some of the Company’s directors and executive officers.

Repurchase Program

On May 10, 2022, the Company approved a stock repurchase program (the “Repurchase Program”), which authorized the Company to repurchase up to $100 million of the Company’s shares of common stock over the next three years. The Company may effect these repurchases in open market transactions, privately negotiated purchases, or other acquisitions. The Company is not obligated to repurchase any of its shares of its common stock under the Repurchase Program and the timing and amount of any repurchases will depend on market conditions, the Company’s stock price, alternative uses of capital, the terms of the Company’s debt instruments, and other factors.

During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company repurchased and concurrently retired 4,483,620 shares of the Company’s common stock for an aggregate amount of $23.0 million, pursuant to the Repurchase Program. All of the shares were repurchased under a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan. As of December 31, 2022, approximately $77.0 million remained available for share repurchases pursuant to the Repurchase Program.

As of and December 31, 2022 and 2021, 112,091,756 and 2020, 113,642,487 and 118,854,249 shares of common stock are issued and outstanding for accounting purposes, respectively.

100

Table of Contents

19.21.NET (LOSS) INCOME PER SHARE

Basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders was calculated as follows (in thousands, except share and per share data):

Year Ended December 31, 

Year Ended December 31,

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

    

2022

    

2021

    

2020

Numerator:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net income attributable to common stockholders

$

(62,348)

$

15,983

$

7,457

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

$

(5,694)

$

(62,348)

$

15,983

Denominator:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

 

 

Basic

110,644,366

101,606,966

95,032,265

113,245,421

110,644,366

101,606,966

Diluted

110,644,366

102,602,738

95,400,528

113,245,421

110,644,366

102,602,738

Net income per share attributable to common stockholders

Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders:

Basic

$

(0.56)

$

0.16

$

0.08

$

(0.05)

$

(0.56)

$

0.16

Diluted

$

(0.56)

$

0.16

$

0.08

$

(0.05)

$

(0.56)

$

0.16

The following table includes the number of shares that may be dilutive common shares in the future that were not included in the computation of diluted net income per share because the effect was anti-dilutive:

    

Year Ended December 31, 

    

Year Ended December 31,

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

    

2022

    

2021

    

2020

Restricted stock awards

5,909,089

 

22,524

 

97,718

1,904,037

 

5,909,089

 

22,524

Restricted stock units

106,917

202,622

106,917

Stock options

39

 

 

1,757,336

 

39

 

20.22.RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

BrightAI Services

Starting in 2020, BrightAI rendered services to the Company, , for which the cost was capitalized as internal-use software. A co-founder of BrightAI Services has served on the Company’s board of directors since December 9, 2020. During the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, the Company incurred $0.2 million, $2.1 million, and $0.5 million, respectively, associated with services performed by BrightAI, which is recorded as construction in progress within in property and equipment, net on the consolidated balance sheetsheets as of December 31, 2022 and 2021. As of December 31, 20212022 and 2020,2021, the Company had accounts payable - related party to BrightAI of $0.4 million and $0.9 million, and $0.5 million, respectively.

104

Table of Contents

Expense Reimbursement and Management Fees

The Company had an expense reimbursement agreement (the “management fee arrangement”) with the Sponsor and Wynnchurch Capital, L.P. for ongoing consulting and advisory services. The management fee arrangement provided for the aggregate payment of up to $1.0 million each year for reimbursement of expenses incurred with services provided and, depending on the extent of services provided, management fees. The management fee arrangement terminated upon consummation of the Company’s initial public offering.

The Company entered into a Stockholders’ Agreement with the Sponsor and Wynnchurch Capital, L.P. on April 27, 2021. The Stockholders’ Agreement requires the Company to reimburse the Sponsor and Wynnchurch Capital,

101

Table of Contents

L.P. the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in connection with monitoring and overseeing their investment in the Company.

There were 0no management fees incurred by the Company during both the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020. The Company reimbursed $0.2 million, less than $0.1 million and less than $0.1 million of out-of-pocket costs and expenses to the Sponsor during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, there were less than $0.1 million and no outstanding amounts payable to the Sponsor, respectively. The Company reimbursed less than $0.1 million of out-of-pocket costs and expenses to the Sponsor and Wynnchurch Capital, L.P. during botheach of the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020. As of both December 31, 20212022 and 2020,2021, there were 0no outstanding amounts payable to the Sponsor and Wynnchurch Capital, L.P.

Operating Lease

In May 2019, in connection with the Narellan Acquisition, the Company assumed an operating lease for the manufacture, sale, and storage of swimming pools and associated equipment with Acquigen Pty Ltd, which was owned by an individual employed by the Company. The lease expires in June 2028. The Company recognized $0.5 million $0.4 million and $0.2$0.4 million of rent expense related to this lease during the years ended December 31, 2021 2020 and 2019,2020, respectively, which is recognized within selling, general, and administrative expense on the consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2021, the individual was no longer employed by the Company and, therefore, no longer considered a related party. Related party transactions disclosed herein that relate to the individual were recognized while the individual was an employee and considered a related party.

21.23.GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

Net sales by geography is based on the delivery address of the customer as specified in purchase order. Net sales by geographic area was as follows (in thousands):

December 31, 

December 31,

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

    

2022

    

2021

    

2020

Net sales

  

  

United States

$

491,870

$

325,716

$

257,786

$

558,827

$

491,870

$

325,716

Canada

 

98,662

 

50,499

 

43,157

 

91,579

 

98,662

 

50,499

Australia

 

25,216

 

20,181

 

12,126

 

25,827

 

25,216

 

20,181

New Zealand

 

8,055

 

3,984

 

2,432

 

9,346

 

8,055

 

3,984

Other

 

6,653

 

3,009

 

2,474

 

10,157

 

6,653

 

3,009

Total

$

630,456

$

403,389

$

317,975

$

695,736

$

630,456

$

403,389

105

Table of Contents

Our long-lived assets by geographic area, which consist of property and equipment, net assets were as follows (in thousands):

December 31, 

December 31,

    

2021

    

2020

    

2022

    

2021

Long-lived assets

  

  

  

  

United States

$

52,695

$

37,680

$

62,598

$

52,695

Canada

 

4,607

 

3,050

 

29,638

 

4,607

Australia

 

4,444

 

4,979

 

4,173

 

4,444

New Zealand

 

1,760

 

1,648

 

1,775

 

1,760

Total

$

63,506

$

47,357

$

98,184

$

63,506

106102

Table of Contents

22.24.CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)

Latham Group, Inc.

(Parent Company Only)

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETSCondensed Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

December 31, 

December 31,

    

2021

    

2020

    

2022

    

2021

Assets

  

 

  

  

 

  

Investment in subsidiary

$

353,645

$

281,609

$

382,790

$

353,645

Total assets

$

353,645

$

281,609

$

382,790

$

353,645

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Total liabilities

$

$

$

$

Stockholders’ Equity

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 100,000,000 and 0 shares authorized as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively; 0 shares issued and outstanding as of both December 31, 2021 and 2020

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 900,000,000 and 500,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively; 119,445,611 and 118,854,249 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively

 

12

 

12

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized as of both December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021; no shares issued and outstanding as of both December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 900,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021; 114,667,975 and 119,445,611 shares issued and outstanding, as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively

 

11

 

12

Additional paid-in capital

 

401,846

 

265,478

 

440,880

 

401,846

(Accumulated deficit) retained earnings

 

(48,583)

 

13,765

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

370

 

2,354

Accumulated deficit

 

(54,568)

 

(48,583)

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

 

(3,533)

 

370

Total stockholders’ equity

 

353,645

 

281,609

 

382,790

 

353,645

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$

353,645

$

281,609

$

382,790

$

353,645

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

107103

Table of Contents

Latham Group, Inc.

(Parent Company Only)

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONSCondensed Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

Year Ended

Year Ended

December 31, 

December 31,

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

    

2022

    

2021

    

2020

Equity in net (loss) income of subsidiary

$

(62,348)

$

15,983

$

7,457

$

(5,694)

$

(62,348)

$

15,983

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

$

(62,348)

$

15,983

$

7,457

$

(5,694)

$

(62,348)

$

15,983

Net (loss) income per share

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted

Basic

$

(0.56)

$

0.16

$

0.08

$

(0.05)

$

(0.56)

$

0.16

Diluted

$

(0.56)

$

0.16

$

0.08

$

(0.05)

$

(0.56)

$

0.16

Weighted-average common shares outstanding – basic and diluted

Basic

110,644,366

101,606,966

95,032,265

113,245,421

110,644,366

101,606,966

Diluted

 

110,644,366

 

102,602,738

 

95,400,528

 

113,245,421

 

110,644,366

 

102,602,738

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

108104

Table of Contents

Latham Group, Inc.

(Parent Company Only)

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOMECondensed Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income

(in thousands)

Year Ended

Year Ended

December 31, 

December 31,

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

    

2022

    

2021

    

2020

Net (loss) income

$

(62,348)

$

15,983

$

7,457

$

(5,694)

$

(62,348)

$

15,983

Equity in other comprehensive (loss) income of subsidiary

 

(1,984)

 

2,825

 

(670)

 

(3,903)

 

(1,984)

 

2,825

Comprehensive (loss) income

$

(64,332)

$

18,808

$

6,787

$

(9,597)

$

(64,332)

$

18,808

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

109105

Table of Contents

Latham Group, Inc.

(Parent Company Only)

CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWSCondensed Statement of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

Year Ended

Year Ended

December 31, 

December 31,

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

    

2022

    

2021

    

2020

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Net (loss) income

$

(62,348)

$

15,983

$

7,457

$

(5,694)

$

(62,348)

$

15,983

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Equity in net loss (income) of subsidiary

 

62,348

 

(15,983)

 

(7,457)

 

5,694

 

62,348

 

(15,983)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Distribution from subsidiary

23,038

Investment in subsidiary

 

(117,626)

 

(65,553)

 

 

 

(117,626)

 

(65,553)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(117,626)

 

(65,553)

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

23,038

 

(117,626)

 

(65,553)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Proceeds from initial public offering, net of underwriting discounts, commissions and offering costs

399,264

399,264

Repurchase and retirement of treasury stock

(281,638)

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

 

65,553

 

257,663

65,553

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

117,626

 

65,553

 

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

(280,701)

(281,638)

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

(23,038)

 

117,626

 

65,553

Net increase in cash

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash at beginning of period

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash at end of period

$

$

$

$

$

$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed financial statements.

110106

Table of Contents

Notes to Condensed Financial Statements of Registrant (Parent Company Only)

1.Basis of Presentation

These condensed parent company-only financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Rule 12-04, Schedule I of Regulation S-X. Latham Group, Inc. has no material assets or standalone operations other than its ownership in its consolidated subsidiaries. Under the terms of the New Credit Agreement entered into by the Latham Pool Products, a wholly owned subsidiary of LIMC, which itself is a wholly owned subsidiary of Latham Group, Inc., Latham Pool Products is restricted from making dividend payments, loans or advances to Latham Group, Inc., unless certain conditions are met. As of December 31, 20212022 and 2020,2021, substantially all of the consolidated net assets of Latham Pool Products are considered restricted net assets as defined in Rule 4-08(e)(3) of Regulation S-X.

Latham Group, Inc. is able to transfer assets from Latham Pool Products in order to pay certain tax liabilities.

These condensed parent company financial statements have been prepared using the same accounting principles and policies described in the notes to the condensed financial statements, with the only exception being that the parent company accounts for its subsidiary using the equity method.

2.Common Stock

During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company repurchased and concurrently retired 4,483,620 shares of the Company’s common stock for an aggregate amount of $23.0 million, pursuant to the Repurchase Program.

On January 11, 2022, the Company completed an offering of 13,800,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, including the exercise in full by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to 1,800,000 additional shares of common stock, at a public offering price of $19.50 per share. The Company received proceeds of $257.7 million from this offering, net of $11.4 million of underwriting fees. The proceeds of $257.7 million were used to purchase 13,800,000 shares of common stock from certain of the Company’s stockholders, primarily investment funds managed by the Sponsor and Wynnchurch Capital, L.P., and also a small percentage of shares of common stock owned by some of the Company’s directors and executive officers.

On April 27, 2021, the Company completed its initial public offering (the “IPO”), pursuant to which it issued and sold 23,000,000 shares of common stock, inclusive of 3,000,000 shares sold by the Company pursuant to the full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. The aggregate net proceeds received by the Company from the IPO were $399.3 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering costs.

On October 14, 2020 and October 20, 2020, existing shareholders purchased an aggregate of 21,666,653 shares of Latham Group, Inc.’s common stock for an aggregate of $64.9 million. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company issued 205,197 shares of common stock for an aggregate of $0.6 million.

23. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Secondary Offering

On January 11, 2022, the Company completed an offering of 13,800,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, including the exercise in full by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to 1,800,000 additional shares of common stock, at a public offering price of $19.50 per share. All of the net proceeds from this offering were used to purchase 13,800,000 shares of common stock from certain of our stockholders. In connection with the offering the Company incurred approximately $12.9 million in expenses, including underwriter fees.

Debt Refinancing

On February 23, 2022, Latham Pool Products entered into an agreement (the “New Credit Agreement”) with Barclays Bank PLC, which provides a senior secured multicurrency revolving line of credit (the “New Revolving Credit Facility”) in an initial principal amount of $75.0 million and a U.S. Dollar senior secured term loan facility (the “New Term Loan Facility”) in an initial principal amount of $325.0 million. On the closing date, proceeds under the agreement were used to repay and replace $294.0 million under, and terminate, the Credit Agreement and for general corporate purposes.

111

Table of Contents

The New Revolving Credit Facility may be utilized to finance ongoing general corporate and working capital needs and permits Latham Pools Products to borrow loans in U.S. Dollars, Canadian Dollars, Euros and Australian Dollars. The New Revolving Credit Facility matures on February 23, 2027. Loans outstanding under the New Revolving Credit Facility denominated in U.S. Dollars and Canadian Dollars bear interest, at the borrower’s option, at a rate per annum based on Term SOFR or CDO (each, as defined in the New Credit Agreement), as applicable, plus a margin of 3.50%, or at a rate per annum based on the Base Rate or the Canadian Prime Rate (each, as defined in the New Credit Agreement), plus a margin of 2.50%. Loans outstanding under the New Revolving Credit Facility denominated in Euros or Australian Dollars bear interest based on EURIBOR or the AUD Rate (each, as defined in the New Credit Agreement), respectively, plus a margin of 3.50%. A commitment fee accrues on any unused portion of the commitments under the New Revolving Credit Facility. The commitment fee is due and payable quarterly in arrears and is, initially, 0.375% per annum and will, thereafter, accrue at a rate per annum ranging from 0.25% to 0.50%, depending on the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio. The New Revolving Credit Facility is not subject to amortization.

The New Term Loan Facility matures on February 23, 2029. Loans outstanding under the New Term Loan Facility bear interest, at the borrower’s option, at a rate per annum based on Term SOFR (as defined in the New Credit Agreement), plus a margin ranging from 3.75% to 4.00%, depending on the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the New Credit Agreement, the “First Lien Net Leverage Ratio”), or based on the Base Rate (as defined in the New Credit Agreement), plus a margin ranging from 2.75% to 3.00%, depending on the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio. Loans under the New Term Loan Facility are subject to scheduled quarterly amortization payments equal to 0.25% of the initial principal amount of the New Term Loan Facility. The Company also amended its interest rate swap to change the index rate from LIBOR to SOFR in connection with the New Credit Agreement.

112107

Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) are controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controlsforms, and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

As required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2021.2022. Based upon their evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that as of December 31, 2021, our disclosure controls and procedures are designedwere effective at a reasonable assurance level and are effective to provide reasonable assurance that information we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and formsas of the SEC, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.December 31, 2022.

Management’s Report on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Our management, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established in “Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013)”, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2022.

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm due to a transition periodon our internal control over financial reporting following an exemption established by rules of the SECJOBS Act for newly public“emerging growth companies.

Under the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Company is not required to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 until the Company files its Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year ending December 31, 2022.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls and Procedures

In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of disclosure controls and proceduresa control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and that management is required to apply judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs.

Item 9B. Other Information

None Further, because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements related to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected.

113108

Table of Contents

Item 9B. Other Information

Form of Management Incentive Bonus Plan

On March 1, 2023, the compensation committee (the “compensation committee”) of our board of directors approved a new form of our annual, performance-based Management Incentive Bonus Plan (“MIB”) that is applicable to our executive officers and certain other key employees, which is attached hereto as Exhibit 10.17 and is incorporated herein by reference. The new form of MIB initially is applicable for the annual performance period ending as of December 31, 2023.

Form of Equity Award Agreements

On March 1, 2023, the compensation committee approved an updated Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement and a new Form of Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement for grants of RSUs and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) under the Latham Group, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan, which are attached hereto as Exhibits 10.14 and 10.15, respectively, and are incorporated herein by reference. The new forms of equity award agreements were used for the annual equity awards to executive officers on March 1, 2023.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

On February 21, 2023, the compensation committee ratified the Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy without change, which is attached hereto as Exhibit 10.16 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

None

114109

Table of Contents

Part III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

The information required by this item will be included in our definitive Proxy Statement pertaining to our 20222023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the 20212022 fiscal year, and is herein incorporated by reference.

Code of Conduct and Business Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Conduct and Ethics, which is applicable to all directors, officers, and employees, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. Our Code of Conduct and Business Ethics is posted on our Investor Relations website at https://ir.lathampool.com/ on the Governance page of the website. To the extent required by SEC rules, we intend to disclose any amendments to our code of conduct and ethics, and any waiver of a provision of the code with respect to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, on our web site referred to above within four business days following any such amendment or waiver, or within any other period that may be required under SEC rules from time to time.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this item will be included in our definitive Proxy Statement pertaining to our 20222023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the 20212022 fiscal year, and is herein incorporated by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this item will be included in our definitive Proxy Statement pertaining to our 20222023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the 20212022 fiscal year, and is herein incorporated by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this item will be included in our definitive Proxy Statement pertaining to our 20222023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the 20212022 fiscal year, and is herein incorporated by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this item will be included in our definitive Proxy Statement pertaining to our 20222023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the 20212022 fiscal year, and is herein incorporated by reference.

115110

Table of Contents

Part IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)The following documents are filed as a part of this report:
1)Financial Statements. The Company’s financial statements are included in Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
2)Financial Statements Schedules. All schedules are omitted since they are not applicable, not required, or the information required to be set forth therein is included under Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
3)Exhibits. The exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index immediately below are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number 

Exhibit Description 

2.12.1#

Merger Agreement by and between Latham Group, Inc. and Latham Investment Holdings, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Latham Group, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the CommissionSEC on June 3, 2021 (File No. 001-40358))

3.1

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Latham Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Latham Group, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the CommissionSEC on June 3, 2021 (File No. 001-40358))

3.2

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Latham Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Latham Group, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the CommissionSEC on June 3, 2021 (File No. 001-40358))

4.1*4.1

Description of the Registrant’s Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.1934 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Latham Group, Inc’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 10, 2022 (File No. 001-40358)).

10.1#

Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2018,February 23, 2022, among Latham Pool Products, Inc., Latham International Manufacturing Corp., the other guarantors party thereto, the lenders and letter of credit issuers party thereto and Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Latham Group, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Commission on April 15, 2021 (File No. 333-254930))

10.2

First Incremental Facility Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 29, 2019, among Latham Pool Products, Inc., Latham International Manufacturing Corp., the lenders party thereto and Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Latham Group, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Commission on April 15, 2021 (File No. 333-254930))

10.3

Second Incremental Facility Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 14, 2020, among Latham Pool Products, Inc., Latham International Manufacturing Corp., the lenders party thereto and Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Latham Group, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Commission on April 15, 2021 (File No. 333-254930))

116

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number 

Exhibit Description 

10.4#

Third Incremental Facility Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2021 among Latham Pool Products, Inc., Latham International Manufacturing Corp., the lenders party thereto and Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Latham Group, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Commission on April 15, 2021 (File No. 333-254930))

10.5

Fourth Incremental Facility Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2021 among Latham Pool Products, Inc., Latham International Manufacturing Corp., the lenders party thereto and Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Latham Group, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on November 30, 2021 (File No. 001-40358))

10.6

Fifth Incremental Facility Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 24, 2021 among Latham Pool Products, Inc., Latham International Manufacturing Corp., the lenders party thereto and Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC.,Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Latham Group, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the CommissionSEC on November 30, 2021February 23, 2022 (File No. 001-40358)).

10.710.2

Stockholders Agreement by and among Latham Group, Inc. and the stockholders party thereto, dated as of April 27, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Latham Group, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the CommissionSEC on August 5, 2021 (File No. 001-40358))

10.810.3

Registration Rights Agreement by and among Latham Group, Inc. and the stockholders party thereto, dated as of April 27, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Latham Group, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the CommissionSEC on August 5, 2021 (File No. 001-40358)))

10.910.4

Form of Indemnification Agreement by and among the Latham Group, Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Latham Group, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the CommissionSEC on August 5, 2021 (File No. 001-40358))

10.10†10.5†

Employment Agreement by and between Scott Rajeski and Latham Pool Products, Inc., dated December 17, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Latham Group, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the CommissionSEC on April 15, 2021 (File No. 333-254930))

111

Table of Contents

10.11†Exhibit
Number 

Offer Letter by and between J. Mark Borseth and Latham Pool Products, Inc., dated February 7, 2020, as amended February 11, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Latham Group, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Commission on April 15, 2021 (File No. 333-254930))Description 

10.12†

Employment Agreement by and between J. Mark Borseth and Latham Pool Products, Inc., dated February 12, 2020, as amended April 6, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Latham Group, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Commission on April 15, 2021 (File No. 333-254930))

10.13†10.6†

Offer Letter by and between Joel R. Culp and Latham Pool Products, Inc., dated January 18, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Latham Group, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the CommissionSEC on April 15, 2021 (File No. 333-254930))

10.14†10.7†

Employment Agreement by and between Joel R. Culp and Latham Pool Products, Inc., dated February 11, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Latham Group, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the CommissionSEC on April 15, 2021 (File No. 333-254930))

10.15†10.8†

Employment Agreement by and between Robert L. Masson II and Latham Pool Products, Inc. Management Incentive Bonus Plan, dated June 9, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.410.1 to Latham Group, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the CommissionSEC on August 5, 202111, 2022 (File No. 001-40358))

117

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number 10.9†

Retirement Agreement by and between J. Mark Borseth and Latham Pool Products, Inc., dated June 12, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit Description 10.2 to Latham Group, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 11, 2022 (File No. 001-40358))

10.16†10.10†

Latham Group, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Latham Group, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the CommissionSEC on August 5, 2021 (File No. 001-40358))

10.17†10.11†

Form of Nonqualified Option Award Agreement under the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Latham Group, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the CommissionSEC on August 5, 2021 (File No. 001-40358))

10.18†10.12†

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Latham Group, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the CommissionSEC on August 5, 2021 (File No. 001-40358))

10.19†10.13†

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Latham Group, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the CommissionSEC on August 5, 2021 (File No. 001-40358))

16.110.14†*

Letter regarding Change in Certifying Accountant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 16.1 to Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan dated March 2023

10.15†*

Form of Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement under the 2021 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan dated March 2023

10.16†*

Latham Group, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan

10.17†*

Form S-1 filed with the Commission on April 15, 2021 (File No. 333-254930))of Latham Group, Inc. Management Incentive Bonus Plan

21.1*

Subsidiaries of the registrant

23.1*

Consent of RSM US LLP, independent registered public accounting firm

23.2*

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm

31.1*

Certification of CEO, pursuant to SEC Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) (filed herewith)

31.2*

Certification of CFO, pursuant to SEC Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) (filed herewith)

32.1**

Certification by the CEO, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (furnished herewith)

32.2**

Certification by the CFO, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (furnished herewith)

101.INS101.INS*

iXBRL Instance Document

101.SCH101.SCH*

iXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL101.CAL*

iXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

112

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number 

Exhibit Description 

101.DEF101.DEF*

iXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB101.LAB*

iXBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE101.PRE*

iXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

104104*

Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline iXBRL document)XBRL document and contained in Exhibit 101)

† Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

* Filed herewith.

# Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(v)(5) of Regulation S-K.

** A signed original of the written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and forwarded to the SEC or its staff upon request.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

None

118113

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date      March 10, 20227, 2023

LATHAM GROUP, INC.

/s/ Scott Rajeski

Scott Rajeski

Chief Executive Officer and President; DirectorPresident

(Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

Title

Date

/s/ Scott M. Rajeski

Chief Executive Officer and President; Director

March 10, 20227, 2023

Scott M. Rajeski

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ James Mark BorsethRobert L. Masson II

Chief Financial Officer

March 10, 2022

7, 2023

James Mark BorsethRobert L. Masson II

(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ Suraj Kunchala

Vice President and Controller

March 10, 2022

7, 2023

Suraj Kunchala

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ William M. Pruellage

Director

March 10, 2022

7, 2023

William M. Pruellage

/s/ Dane Derbyshire

Director

March 10, 2022

7, 2023

Dane Derbyshire

/s/ Christopher P. O’Brien

Director

March 10, 2022

Christopher P. O’Brien

/s/ Mark P. Laven

Director

March 10, 2022

7, 2023

Mark P. Laven

/s/ James E. Cline

Director

March 10, 2022

7, 2023

James E. Cline

/s/ Robert D. Evans

Director

March 10, 2022

7, 2023

Robert D. Evans

/s/ Alexander L. Hawkinson

Alexander L. Hawkinson

Director

March 10, 2022

7, 2023

Alexander L. Hawkinson

/s/ Suzan Morno-Wade

Suzan Morno-Wade

Director

March 10, 20227, 2023

Suzan Morno-Wade

119114